WELLS FARGO CORE TRUST
POS AMI, 2000-10-03
Previous: NUVEEN TAX FREE UNIT TRUST SERIES 1198, S-6, 2000-10-03
Next: SUSQUEHANNA MEDIA CO, 8-K, 2000-10-03



               As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
                               on October 2, 2000
                            Registration No. 811-9689

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                                    FORM N-1A

                             AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE
            REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
                           ------------------------

                             WELLS FARGO CORE TRUST
                  (Exact Name of Registrant as specified in Charter)
                                525 Market Street
                             San Francisco, CA 94163
             (Address of Principal Executive Offices, including Zip Code)
                           --------------------------

       Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code: (800) 643-9691
                                C. David Messman
                             Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
                          633 Folsom Street, 7th Floor
                             San Francisco, CA 94107
                     (Name and Address of Agent for Service)

                                 With a copy to:
                              Robert M. Kurucza, Esq.
                              Marco E. Adelfio, Esq.
                             Morrison & Foerster LLP
                          2000 Pennsylvania Ave., N.W.
                             Washington, D.C. 20006


<PAGE>


                                EXPLANATORY NOTE

         This Registration  Statement has been filed by the Registrant  pursuant
to Section 8(b) of the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended,  in order to
add audited financial  information for the Income Portfolios of Wells Fargo Core
Trust. Beneficial interests in the Registrant have not been registered under the
Securities  Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"),  since such  interests are
issued solely in private placement transactions which do not involve any "public
offering" within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act. Investments in the
Registrant  may only be made by investment  companies or certain other  entities
which are  "accredited  investors"  within the meaning of Regulation D under the
1933 Act. This  Registration  Statement does not constitute an offer to sell, or
the solicitation of an offer to buy, any beneficial interests in the Registrant.


<PAGE>


                                     Part A

                             WELLS FARGO CORE TRUST

                          PRIVATE PLACEMENT MEMORANDUM

                          Disciplined Growth Portfolio
                                 Index Portfolio
                             Equity Income Portfolio
                         International Equity Portfolio
                             International Portfolio
                         Large Company Growth Portfolio
                         Managed Fixed Income Portfolio
                         Positive Return Bond Portfolio
                            Small Cap Index Portfolio
                            Small Cap Value Portfolio
                         Small Company Growth Portfolio
                          Small Company Value Portfolio
                             Stable Income Portfolio
                         Strategic Value Bond Portfolio

                                 October 2, 2000


Responses to Items 1 through 3 have been omitted pursuant to paragraph (B)(2)(b)
of the General Instructions to Form N-1A.

Wells  Fargo  Core Trust  ("Trust")  is  registered  as an  open-end  management
investment  company  under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended (the
"1940 Act").  The Trust is currently  comprised of fourteen  separate  series of
Portfolios (each a "Portfolio" and collectively the  "Portfolios"):  Disciplined
Growth Portfolio, Index Portfolio, Equity Income Portfolio, International Equity
Portfolio,  International  Portfolio,  Large Company Growth  Portfolio,  Managed
Fixed  Income  Portfolio,  Positive  Return  Bond  Portfolio,  Small  Cap  Index
Portfolio,  Small Cap Value  Portfolio,  Small Company Growth  Portfolio,  Small
Company Value  Portfolio,  Stable  Income  Portfolio,  and Strategic  Value Bond
Portfolio.  The Trust's Declaration of Trust authorizes the Board of Trustees to
issue an unlimited number of beneficial interest  ("Interests") and to establish
and designate such Interests into one or more Portfolios. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
("Wells  Fargo" or "Advisor")  serves as the  investment  advisor to each of the
Portfolios.

ITEM 4.  INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES, AND RELATED
         RISKS.

The  investment  objective  of each  Portfolio  is  non-fundamental,  and may be
changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees.

Disciplined Growth Portfolio:  The Portfolio seeks capital appreciation by
investing primarily in common stocks of larger companies.

The  Portfolio  seeks higher  long-term  returns by  investing  primarily in the
common  stock of  companies  that,  in the view of the  Advisor,  possess  above
average  potential for growth.  The Portfolio  invests in companies with average
market capitalizations greater than $5 billion.

The Portfolio  seeks to identify  growth  companies  that will report a level of
corporate earnings that exceed the level expected by investors. In seeking these
companies,  the Advisor uses both  quantitative  and fundamental  analysis.  The
Advisor may  consider,  among other  factors,  changes of earnings  estimates by
investment  analysts,  the recent  trend of  company  earnings  reports,  and an
analysis of the fundamental business outlook for the company. The Advisor uses a
variety of  valuation  measures  to  determine  whether  or not the share  price
already  reflects  any  positive  fundamentals  identified  by the  Advisor.  In
addition to approximately equal weighting of portfolio  securities,  the Advisor
attempts to constrain the  variability  of the  investment  returns by employing
risk control screens for price volatility, financial quality, and valuation.

The principal risk factor associated with this Portfolio is market risk. See the
"Related  Risks"  section below for a discussion of this risk and other risks of
investing in this Portfolio.

Index  Portfolio:  The Portfolio  seeks to replicate the total rate of return of
the Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Index (the "S&P 500 Index").

The Portfolio  invests in  substantially  all of the common stocks listed on the
S&P 500 Index and  attempts  to achieve at least a 95%  correlation  between the
performance of the S&P 500 Index and the Portfolio's investment results,  before
expenses. This correlation is sought regardless of market conditions.

A precise  duplication  of the  performance of the S&P 500 Index would mean that
the net asset value of  Interests,  including  dividends and capital gains would
increase or decrease in exact proportion to changes in the S&P 500 Index. Such a
100% correlation is not feasible. The Advisor's ability to track the performance
of the S&P 500 Index may be affected by, among other things,  transaction  costs
and shareholder purchases and redemptions. The Advisor continuously monitors the
performance  and  composition  of the S&P 500 Index and adjusts the  Portfolio's
securities as necessary to reflect any changes to the S&P 500 Index.

Under normal market conditions, the Portfolio invests in a diversified portfolio
of common stocks  designed to provide a relative  sample of the stocks listed on
the S&P 500 Index;  in stock index  futures  and  options on stock  indexes as a
substitute  for  comparable  position  in  the  underlying  securities,  and  in
interest-rate futures contracts, options or interest rate swaps and index swaps.

The principal  risk factors  associated  with this  Portfolio are index risk and
market risk.  See the "Related  Risks"  section  below for a discussion of these
risks and other risks of investing in this Portfolio.

Equity Income Portfolio:  The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation
and above-average dividend income.

The  Portfolio  invests  primarily  in the common  stock of large,  high-quality
domestic  companies that have  above-average  return  potential based on current
market valuations. The Advisor primarily emphasizes investments in securities of
companies with above-average dividend income. The Advisor uses various valuation
measures when selecting  securities for the portfolio,  including  above-average
dividend yields and below industry average price-to-earnings,  price-to-book and
price-to-sales ratios. The Advisor considers "large" companies to be those whose
market capitalization is greater than the median of the Russell 1000 Index.

Under normal  market  conditions,  the  Portfolio  invests at least 65% of total
assets in  income-producing  equity  securities  and in issues of companies with
market capitalization greater than the median of the Russell 1000 Index.

The  Advisor  may  invest  in  preferred  stocks,  convertible  securities,  and
securities of foreign companies. The Advisor will normally limit investment in a
single issuer to 10% or less of total assets.

The principal  risk factors  associated  with this Portfolio are market risk and
interest rate risk.  See the "Related  Risks"  section below for a discussion of
these risks and other risks of investing in this Portfolio.

International Equity Portfolio:  The Portfolio seeks total return, with an
emphasis on capital appreciation, over the long-term, by investing primarily
in equity securities of non-U.S. companies.

The Portfolio seeks to earn total return by investing at least 80% of its assets
in common  stock of companies  located or  operating  in developed  and emerging
markets. It is expected that the securities held by the Portfolio will be traded
on a stock exchange or other market in the country in which the issuer is based,
but they also may be traded in other countries, including the United States. The
Portfolio  must invest its assets in the  securities of at least five  different
countries  other  than the  United  States.  The  Portfolio  may also  invest in
American Depository Receipts ("ADRs"), European Depository Receipts ("EDRs") and
similar instruments.

The Advisor applies a fundamentals-driven,  value-oriented  analysis to identify
companies  with  above-average  potential  for  long-term  growth.  The  Advisor
examines financial data including the company's historical  performances and its
projected future earnings. The Advisor also considers other key criteria such as
a company's local, regional or global franchise; history of effective management
demonstrated by expanding  revenues and earnings growth;  and prudent  financial
and  accounting  policies and ability to take  advantage of a changing  business
environment.  In allocating among countries,  regions and industry sectors,  the
Advisor considers factors such as economic growth prospects, monetary and fiscal
policies,  political stability,  currency trends,  market liquidity and investor
sentiment.

The principal  risk factors  associated  with this  Portfolio are currency risk,
emerging  market risk,  foreign risk,  market risk and regulatory  risk. See the
"Related Risks" section below for a discussion of these risks and other risks of
investing in this Portfolio.

International  Portfolio:  The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation by
investing  directly or indirectly in  high-quality  companies  based outside the
United  States.  The  Portfolio  selects its  investments  on the basis of their
potential  for  capital  appreciation  without  regard to  current  income.  The
Portfolio may also invest in the  securities of domestic  closed-end  investment
companies  that invest  primarily in foreign  securities  and may invest in debt
obligations of foreign governments or their political subdivisions, agencies, or
instrumentalities,  of supranational organizations, and of foreign corporations.
The  Portfolio's  investments  are  generally  diversified  among  securities of
issuers in foreign countries including,  but not limited to Japan,  Germany, the
United Kingdom, France, the Netherlands, Hong Kong, Singapore, and Australia. In
general,  the  Portfolio  will  invest  only  in  securities  of  companies  and
governments  in countries  that the Adviser,  in its  judgment,  considers  both
politically and economically stable. The Portfolio has no limit on the amount of
its assets that may be invested in any one type of foreign  instrument or in any
foreign country; however, to the extent the Portfolio concentrates its assets in
a foreign country, it will incur greater risks.

Under   normal   circumstances,   the   International   Portfolio   will  invest
substantially  all of its assets,  but not less than 65% of its net  assets,  in
equity  securities  of  companies  domiciled  outside  the  United  States.  The
Portfolio  may  purchase   preferred  stock  and  convertible  debt  securities,
including convertible preferred stock. The Portfolio also may enter into foreign
exchange  contracts,  including  forward  contracts  to purchase or sell foreign
currencies,  in anticipation of its currency requirements and to protect against
possible adverse movements in foreign exchange rates and may purchase ADRs, EDRs
or other similar securities of foreign issuers.

The principal  risk factors  associated  with this  Portfolio are currency risk,
foreign  risk and market  risk.  See the  "Related  Risks"  section  below for a
discussion of these risks and other risks of investing in this Portfolio.

Large  Company  Growth   Portfolio:   The  Portfolio  seeks  long-term   capital
appreciation by investing  primarily in large,  high-quality  domestic companies
that the Advisor believes have superior growth potential.  The Advisor considers
"large"  companies to be those whose market  capitalization  is greater than the
median of the Russell 1000 Index. In selecting securities for the Portfolio, the
Advisor  seeks  issuers  whose stock is  attractively  valued  with  fundamental
characteristics  that are significantly  better than the market average and that
support  internal  earnings  growth  capability.  The  Advisor may invest in the
securities of companies whose growth potential the Advisor believes is generally
unrecognized or misperceived by the market.

The Advisor will not invest more than 10% of the Portfolio's total assets in the
securities  of a  single  issuer.  The  Advisor  may  invest  up to  20%  of the
Portfolio's  total assets in the  securities of foreign  companies and may hedge
against currency risk by using foreign currency forward contracts.

The principal  risk factors  associated  with this  Portfolio are currency risk,
foreign risk,  leverage risk and market risk.  See the "Related  Risks"  section
below for a  discussion  of these  risks and other  risks of  investing  in this
Portfolio.

Managed Fixed Income  Portfolio:  The Portfolio  seeks  consistent  fixed-income
returns by investing primarily in investment grade intermediate-term securities.
The Advisor  invests in a diversified  portfolio of fixed and variable rate U.S.
dollar  denominated,  fixed-income  securities  of a broad  spectrum of U.S. and
foreign issuers,  including  securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and
interest by the U.S. Government,  its agencies or its  instrumentalities  ("U.S.
Government  Securities"),  and the debt  securities  of financial  institutions,
corporations and others. The Advisor emphasizes the use of intermediate maturity
securities to lessen duration and employs low risk yield enhancement  techniques
to enhance return over a complete  economic or interest rate cycle.  The Advisor
considers intermediate-term  securities to be those with maturities of between 2
and 20 years.

The Portfolio  will limit its  investment in  mortgage-backed  securities to not
more than 65% of its total assets and its investment in asset-backed  securities
to not more than 25% of its net  assets.  In  addition,  the  Portfolio  may not
invest more than 30% of its total assets in  securities  issued or guaranteed by
any single agency or  instrumentality  of the U.S.  Government,  except the U.S.
Treasury.

The Portfolio normally will have an average  dollar-weighted  portfolio maturity
of between 3 and 12 years and a duration of between 2 and 6 years.

While not a principal  strategy,  the Advisor also may purchase up to 10% of its
total assets in  securities  issued or  guaranteed  by foreign  governments  the
Advisor deems stable, or their  subdivisions,  agencies,  or  instrumentalities;
loan or security participations;  securities of supranational organizations; and
municipal securities.

The  principal  risk factors  associated  with this  Portfolio  are credit risk,
leverage  risk,  foreign risk,  market risk,  interest rate risk and  prepayment
risk. See the "Related  Risks" section below for a discussion of these risks and
other risks of investing in this Portfolio.

Positive Return Bond Portfolio: The Portfolio seeks to produce a positive return
each calendar year regardless of general bond market performance.  The Portfolio
invests in U.S. Government  securities and corporate  fixed-income  investments.
The  Portfolio's  assets  are  divided  into two  components,  short  bonds with
maturities  (or average life) of 2 years or less and long bonds with  maturities
of 25 years or more. Shifts between short bonds and long bonds are made based on
movement  in the  prices  of bonds  rather  than on the  Advisor's  forecast  of
interest rates. During periods of falling prices (generally, increasing interest
rate  environments)  long bonds are sold to protect  capital  and limit  losses.
Conversely,  when bond  prices  rise,  long  bonds are  purchased.  The  average
dollar-weighted maturity of the Portfolio will vary between 1 and 30 years.

Under normal  circumstances,  the Advisor invests at least 50% of the net assets
in U.S. Government securities,  including U.S. Treasury securities.  The Advisor
only purchases  securities that are rated, at the time of purchase,  within 1 of
the 2 highest  long-term rating categories  assigned by a nationally  recognized
statistical rating organization  ("NRSRO") or that are unrated and determined by
the Advisor to be of comparable quality. The Advisor may invest up to 25% of its
assets in securities  rated in the second highest rating  category.  The Advisor
does not invest more than 25% of the  Portfolio's  total  assets in  zero-coupon
securities,   securities  with  variable  or  floating  rates  of  interest,  or
asset-backed securities.

The  principal  risk factors  associated  with this  Portfolio  are credit risk,
market risk,  interest rate risk,  prepayment  risk and leverage  risk.  See the
"Related Risks" section below for a discussion of these risks and other risks of
investing in this Portfolio.

Small Cap Index  Portfolio:  The Portfolio  seeks to replicate the return of the
Standard & Poor's Small Cap 600 Composite  Stock Price Index ("S&P 600 Small Cap
Index").  The  Portfolio  seeks to replicate  this return with minimum  tracking
error  and to  minimize  transaction  costs.  Under  normal  circumstances,  the
Portfolio  will hold  stocks  representing  100% of the  capitalization-weighted
market  values of the S&P 600 Small Cap Index.  The Advisor  generally  executes
portfolio  transactions  only to replicate the  composition of the S&P 600 Small
Cap  Index,  to invest  cash  received  from  portfolio  security  dividends  or
investments  in the  Portfolio,  and to  raise  cash  to fund  redemptions.  The
Portfolio  may  hold  cash or cash  equivalents  to  facilitate  payment  of the
Portfolio's  expenses or redemptions and may invest in index futures  contracts.
For these and other  reasons,  the  Portfolio's  performance  can be expected to
approximate but not equal that of the S&P 600 Small Cap Index.

The principal  risk factors  associated  with this  Portfolio are leverage risk,
market risk,  index risk and small company risk. See the "Related Risks" section
below for a  discussion  of these  risks and other  risks of  investing  in this
Portfolio.

Small Cap Value Portfolio: The Portfolio seeks capital appreciation by investing
in common  stocks  of  smaller  companies.  The  Advisor  will  normally  invest
substantially  all of the  Portfolio's  assets in securities  of companies  with
market  capitalizations  that  reflect the market  capitalization  of  companies
included in the Russell 2000 Index.

The Advisor seeks higher growth rates and greater long-term returns by investing
primarily in the common stock of smaller  companies that the Advisor believes to
be undervalued and likely to report a level of corporate  earnings exceeding the
level expected by investors.  The Advisor values  companies  based upon both the
price-to-earnings  ratio of the company and a  comparison  of the public  market
value of the  company  to a  proprietary  model that  values the  company in the
private  market.  In  seeking  companies  that will  report a level of  earnings
exceeding  that expected by investors,  the Advisor uses both  quantitative  and
fundamental  analysis.  Among other factors,  the Advisor  considers  changes of
earnings estimates by investment analysts,  the recent trend of company earnings
reports, and the fundamental business outlook for the company.

The principal  risk factors  associated  with this Portfolio are market risk and
small company risk.  See the "Related  Risks"  section below for a discussion of
these risks and other risks of investing in this Portfolio.

Small Company Growth Portfolio:  The Portfolio seeks to provide long-term
capital appreciation by investing in smaller domestic companies.

The Portfolio  invests  primarily in the common stock of small and  medium-sized
domestic  companies  that are either  growing  rapidly or completing a period of
significant   change.   Small   companies  are  those   companies  whose  market
capitalization  is less than the  largest  stock in the  Russell  2000  Index or
approximately $1.4 billion.

In  selecting  securities  for the  Portfolio,  the  Advisor  seeks to  identify
companies that are rapidly  growing  (usually with  relatively  short  operating
histories) or that are emerging from a period of investor  neglect by undergoing
a dramatic change.  These changes may involve a sharp increase in earnings,  the
hiring of new  management or measures taken to close the gap between share price
and takeover/asset value.

The  Portfolio may invest up to 10% of its total assets in securities of foreign
companies.  The  Portfolio  will not invest more than 10% of its total assets in
the securities of a single issuer.

The principal  risk factors  associated  with this  Portfolio are currency risk,
small  company  risk,  foreign  risk and market risk.  See the  "Related  Risks"
section  below for a  discussion  of these risks and other risks of investing in
this Portfolio.

Small Company Value Portfolio:  The Portfolio seeks to provide long-term capital
appreciation.  The Portfolio primarily invests in smaller companies whose market
capitalization  is less than the largest  stock in the Russell  2000 Index.  The
Advisor focuses on securities that are conservatively  valued in the marketplace
relative to the stock of  comparable  companies,  determined  by  price/earnings
ratios, cash flows, or other measures. Value investing provides investors with a
less  aggressive  way  to  take  advantage  of  growth  opportunities  of  small
companies.  Value  investing may reduce  downside  risk and offer  potential for
capital  appreciation as a stock gains favor among other investors and its stock
price rises.

The principal  risk factors  associated  with this  Portfolio are leverage risk,
market risk and small company risk. See the "Related  Risks" section below for a
discussion of these risks and other risks of investing in this Portfolio.

Stable Income Portfolio:  The Portfolio seeks to maintain stability of
principal while providing low volatility total return.

The Portfolio invests primarily in short-term  investment-grade  securities. The
Advisor  invests in a  diversified  portfolio  of fixed and  variable  rate U.S.
dollar-denominated  fixed-income  securities  of a broad  spectrum  of U.S.  and
foreign issuers, including U.S. Government securities and the debt securities of
financial   institutions,   corporations,   and  others.   Under  normal  market
conditions,  the Portfolio  will limit its  investment:  (i) in  mortgage-backed
securities  to not more  than  65% of its  total  assets;  (ii)  other  types of
asset-backed  securities  to  not  more  than  25% of its  total  assets;  (iii)
mortgage-backed  securities that are not U.S. Government  securities to not more
than 25% of its total assets;  and (iv) U.S.  Government  securities to not more
than 50% of its total assets.

The Portfolio may not invest more than 30% of its total assets in the securities
issued  or  guaranteed  by any  single  agency  or  instrumentality  of the U.S.
Government,  except the U.S.  Treasury,  and may not invest more than 10% of its
total assets in the securities of any other issuer.

The Portfolio only purchases investment grade securities.  The Portfolio invests
in  debt   obligations   with  maturities  (or  average  life  in  the  case  of
mortgage-backed  and similar  securities) ranging from overnight to 12 years and
seeks to maintain an average dollar weighted portfolio maturity of between 2 and
5 years.

The  Portfolio may use options,  swap  agreements,  interest rate caps,  floors,
collars,  and futures  contracts  to manage  risk.  The  Portfolio  also may use
options to enhance return.

The  principal  risk factors  associated  with this  Portfolio  are credit risk,
leverage  risk,  foreign risk,  market risk,  interest rate risk and  prepayment
risk. See the "Related  Risks" section below for a discussion of these risks and
other risks of investing in this Portfolio.

Strategic  Value Bond  Portfolio:  The Portfolio seeks total return by investing
primarily in income producing securities. The Portfolio invests in a broad range
of  fixed-income  instruments  in order to  create a  strategically  diversified
portfolio of  fixed-income  investments.  These  investments  include  corporate
bonds,  mortgage-  and  asset-backed  securities,  U.S.  Government  securities,
preferred stock, convertible bonds and foreign bonds.

The Advisor  focuses on relative value as opposed to predicting the direction of
interest  rates.   In  general,   the  Portfolio  seeks  higher  current  income
instruments,  such as corporate bonds and mortgage- and asset backed securities,
in order to enhance returns.  The Advisor  believes that this exposure  enhances
performance  in varying  economic and interest rate cycles and avoids  excessive
risk   concentrations.   The  Advisor's  investment  process  involves  rigorous
evaluation  of each  security,  including  identifying  and valuing  cash flows,
embedded options, credit quality, structure, liquidity,  marketability,  current
versus historical  trading  relationships,  supply and demand for the instrument
and expected returns in varying economic/interest rate environments. The Advisor
uses this  process  to seek to  identify  securities  which  represent  the best
relative  economic  value.  The  Advisor  then  evaluates  the  results  of  the
investment  process  against  the  Portfolio's  objective  and  purchases  those
securities that are consistent with the Portfolio's investment objective.

The Portfolio particularly seeks strategic  diversification.  The Portfolio will
not invest  more than 75% of its total  assets in  corporate  bonds,  65% of its
total  assets in  mortgage-backed  securities,  and 50% of its  total  assets in
asset-backed securities.  The Portfolio may invest in U.S. Government Securities
without restriction.

The  Portfolio  will invest 65% of its total assets in  fixed-income  securities
rated, at the time of purchase, within the three highest rating categories by at
least one NRSRO,  or which are  unrated and  determined  by the Advisor to be of
comparable  quality.  The  Portfolio may invest up to 20% of its total assets in
non-investment  grade securities.  The average  dollar-weighted  maturity of the
Portfolio will vary between 5 and 15 years.  The Portfolio's  duration  normally
will vary  between 3 and 8 years.  Duration  is a measure  of a debt  security's
average life that reflects the present value of the security's  cash flow and is
an indication of the security's  sensitivity to a change in interest rates.  The
Portfolio  may use options,  swap  agreements,  interest  rate caps,  floors and
collars,  and futures  contracts  to manage  risk.  The  Portfolio  may also use
options to enhance returns.

The  principal  risk factors  associated  with this  Portfolio  are credit risk,
market risk,  interest rate risk,  prepayment  risk and leverage  risk.  See the
"Related Risks" section below for a discussion of these risks and other risks of
investing in this Portfolio.

RELATED RISKS

While investing in equity securities and fixed-income securities can bring added
benefits,  it may also involve  additional risks.  Investors could lose money on
their investment in the Portfolios, or the Portfolios may not perform as well as
other investments. The Portfolios have the following general risks:

o Unlike bank deposits,  such as CDs or savings  accounts,  mutual funds are not
  insured by the FDIC.

o  There  is no  guarantee  that  the  Portfolios  will  meet  their  investment
   objectives.

o    We do not guarantee the  performance of a Portfolio,  nor can we assure you
     that the market  value of your  investment  will not  decline.  We will not
     "make good" any investment loss you may suffer,  nor can anyone we contract
     with to provide  certain  services,  such as selling  agents or  investment
     advisors, offer or promise to make good any such losses.

o    Share prices-and therefore the value of your  investment-will  increase and
     decrease  with  changes  in the value of  underlying  securities  and other
     investments.

o    Investing in any mutual fund, including those deemed conservative, involves
     risk, including the possible loss of any money you invest.

o    An investment in a single Portfolio, by itself, does not constitute a
     complete investment plan.

o    The Portfolios that invest in small companies, foreign companies (including
     investments  made  through ADRs and similar  instruments),  and in emerging
     markets are subject to  additional  risks,  including  less  liquidity  and
     greater price volatility.  A Portfolio's investment in foreign and emerging
     markets may also be subject to special risks associated with  international
     trade, including currency, political, regulatory and diplomatic risk.

o    The  Portfolios  may  invest a portion of their  assets in U.S.  Government
     obligations. It is important to recognize that the U.S. Government does not
     guarantee the market value or current yield of those  obligations.  Not all
     U.S. Government  obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the
     U.S. Treasury,  and the U.S. Government's  guarantee does not extend to the
     Portfolios themselves.

o    The Portfolios may also use certain derivative instruments, such as options
     or  futures  contracts.  The term  "derivatives"  covers a wide  number  of
     investments,  but in general it refers to any  financial  instrument  whose
     value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a
     specified  index,  asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to
     interest  rate  changes or market  moves,  and some may be  susceptible  to
     changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

o    The  Portfolios  may  temporarily  hold  assets in cash or in money  market
     instruments,  including U.S. Government  obligations shares of other mutual
     funds and  repurchase  agreements,  or make other  short-term  investments,
     either to  maintain  liquidity  or for  short-term  defensive  purposes.  A
     Portfolio may not achieve its  investment  objective  while it is investing
     defensively.  This practice is expected to have limited,  if any, effect on
     the Portfolios' pursuit of their objectives over the long term.

o    The  Portfolios  may  invest a portion of their  assets in U.S.  Government
     obligations,  such as securities  issued or  guaranteed  by the  Government
     National  Mortgage  Association  ("GNMAs"),  the Federal National  Mortgage
     Association  ("FNMAs")  and the  Federal  Home  Loan  Mortgage  Corporation
     ("FHLMCs").  Each mortgage-backed securities representing partial ownership
     of a pool  of  residential  mortgage  loans.  A  "pool"  or  group  of such
     mortgages  is  assembled  and,  after  being  approved  by the  issuing  or
     guaranteeing  entity,  which can alter the maturity of the  securities  and
     also reduce the rate of return on the  portfolio,  is offered to investors.
     Collateralized    mortgage   obligations   ("CMOs")   typically   represent
     principal-only  and  interest-only  portions  of  such  securities  and are
     subject to increased interest-rate and credit risk.

o    The market value of lower-rated  debt securities and unrated  securities of
     comparable quality tends to reflect individual  developments  affecting the
     issuer  to  a  greater  extent  than  the  market  value  of   higher-rated
     securities,  which react  primarily to fluctuations in the general level of
     interest  rates.  Lower-rated  securities also tend to be more sensitive to
     economic  conditions than higher-rated  securities.  These lower-rated debt
     securities  are  considered  by the  rating  agencies,  on  balance,  to be
     predominantly  speculative  with  respect to the  issuer's  capacity to pay
     interest  and repay  principal.  These  securities  generally  involve more
     credit risk than securities in  higher-rating  categories.  Even securities
     rated   "BBB"  by  S&P  or  by  Moody's   ratings   which  are   considered
     investment-grade, possess some speculative characteristics.

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully  monitored.  Every attempt is
made to ensure that the risk  exposure  for each  Portfolio  remains  within the
parameters of its objective.  The following is a list of the types of risks that
may apply to a given Portfolio.  Additional information about these practices is
available in the Statement of Additional Information.

Counter-Party Risk - The risk that the other party in a repurchase  agreement or
other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

Credit Risk - The risk that the issuer of a debt security will be unable to make
interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the
affected  security could lose all of its value,  or be  renegotiated  at a lower
interest  rate  or  principal  amount.   Affected  securities  might  also  lose
liquidity.  Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may
not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

Currency Risk - The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars
and a foreign  currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security
denominated in that foreign currency.

Diplomatic  Risk - The risk that an adverse change in the  diplomatic  relations
between  the  United  States  and  another  country  might  reduce  the value or
liquidity of investments in either country.

Emerging  Market Risk - The risk that the emerging  market may be more sensitive
to certain  economic  changes.  For example,  emerging market countries are more
often dependent on  international  trade and are therefore  often  vulnerable to
recessions in other countries.  They may have obsolete financial  systems,  have
volatile  currencies  and maybe more  sensitive  than more  mature  markets to a
variety of economic factors.  Emerging market securities may also be less liquid
than  securities  of more  developed  countries  and could be difficult to sell,
particularly during a market downturn.

Experience Risk - The risk presented by a new or innovative  security.  The risk
is that  insufficient  experience  exists to forecast how the  security's  value
might be affected by various economic conditions.

Foreign Risk - The risk that foreign investments may be subject to political and
economic instability, the imposition or tightening of exchange controls or other
limitations on repatriation of foreign capital,  or  nationalization,  increased
taxation or confiscation of investors' assets.  Also, the risk that the price of
a foreign  issuer's  securities may not reflect the issuer's  condition  because
there is not sufficient  publicly available  information about the issues.  This
risk may be  greater  for  investments  in  issuers in  emerging  or  developing
markets.

Information  Risk - The  risk  that  information  about  a  security  is  either
unavailable, incomplete or is inaccurate.

Index Risk - The risk that a portfolio  designed to replicate the performance of
an index of  securities  will  replicate  the  performance  of the index  during
adverse market conditions because the portfolio manager is not permitted to take
a temporary defensive position or otherwise vary the Portfolio's  investments to
respond to the adverse market conditions.

Interest  Rate Risk - The risk that  changes  in  interest  rates can reduce the
value of an existing  security.  Generally,  when interest rates  increase,  the
value of a debt security  decreases.  The effect is usually more  pronounced for
securities with longer dates to maturity.

Leverage Risk - The risk that an investment practice,  such as lending portfolio
securities  or  engaging  in  forward   commitment  or  when  issued  securities
transactions,  may increase a Portfolio's exposure to market risk, interest rate
risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

Liquidity Risk - The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or
cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

Market Risk - The risk that the value of a stock, bond or other security will be
reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

Political Risk - The risk that political  actions,  events or instability may be
unfavorable for investments made in a particular  nation's or region's industry,
government or markets.

Prepayment  Risk - The risk that consumers will accelerate  their  prepayment of
mortgage  loans or  other  receivable,  which  can  shorten  the  maturity  of a
mortgage-backed or other asset-backed security, and reduce a portfolio's return.

Regulatory Risk - The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely
affect the value of a security.  Also the risk that an insufficiently  regulated
market might permit inappropriate trading practices.

Small Company Risk - The risk that investments in smaller  companies may be more
volatile than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher
failure rates than larger companies. A small company's securities may be hard to
sell  because the  trading  volume of the  securities  of smaller  companies  is
normally lower than that of larger  companies.  Short term changes in the demand
for the  securities  of small  companies may have a  disproportionate  effect on
their  market  price,  tending to make prices of these  securities  fall more in
response to selling pressure.

ITEM 5:  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION OF FUND PERFORMANCE

The response to Item 5 has been omitted  pursuant to paragraph  (B)(2)(b) of the
General Instructions to Form N-1A.

ITEM 6:  MANAGEMENT, ORGANIZATION AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

A number of different entities provide services to the Portfolios. This sections
shows  how the  Portfolios  are  organized,  lists  the  entities  that  perform
different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated.

About Wells Fargo Core Trust

The Trust was  organized as a Delaware  business  trust on March 10,  1999.  The
Board of Trustees of the Trust supervises each Portfolio's activities,  monitors
its contractual  arrangements  with various  service  providers and decides upon
matters of general policy.

The Trust was established to continue the operations of the existing  Portfolios
of Core Trust (Delaware)  ("CT") in newly established  Portfolios.  The Trustees
established  fourteen  Portfolios  for the Trust,  each of which having a direct
correlation to one corresponding CT Portfolio.

The Investment Advisor

Wells Fargo provides  portfolio  management and  fundamental  security  analysis
services as the advisor for each of the Funds. Wells Fargo,  founded in 1852, is
the oldest bank in the western  United States and is one of largest banks in the
United  States.  Wells  Fargo  is a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of Wells  Fargo &
Company,  a national bank holding company.  As of June 30, 2000, Wells Fargo and
its affiliates provided advisory services for over $160.5 billion in assets. For
providing these  services,  Wells Fargo is entitled to receive fees as described
below:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                       <C>

--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
                                   Wells Fargo
Core Trust Portfolios                                        Advisory Fees
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
Disciplined Growth Portfolio                                      0.75
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
Index Portfolio                                                   0.15
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
Equity Income Portfolio                                           0.75
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
International Portfolio                                           1.00
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
International Equity Portfolio                                    1.00
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
Large Company Growth Portfolio                                    0.75
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
Managed Fixed Income Portfolio                                    0.50
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
Positive Return Bond Portfolio                                    0.50
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
Small Cap Index Portfolio                                         0.25
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
Small Cap Value Portfolio                                         0.90
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
Small Company Growth Portfolio                                    0.90
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
Small Company Value Portfolio                                     0.90
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
Stable Income Portfolio                                           0.50
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
Strategic Value Bond Portfolio                                    0.50
--------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
</TABLE>

The Sub-Advisors

Wells Capital  Management  ("WCM"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo, is
the sub-advisor for the Equity Income,  Index,  International  Equity, and Small
Cap Index  Portfolios.  In this capacity,  it is responsible  for the day-to-day
investment management activities of the Funds. As of June 30, 2000, WCM provided
advisory  services for over $80 billion in assets.  WCM is located at 525 Market
Street, San Francisco, California 94163.

Galliard Capital Management, Inc. ("Galliard"), an investment advisor subsidiary
of Norwest Bank Minnesota,  N.A., is the investment  sub-advisor for the Managed
Fixed Income, Stable Income and Strategic Value Bond Portfolios.  As of June 30,
2000, Galliard managed approximately $6.4 billion in assets. Galliard is located
at 800 LaSalle Avenue, Suite 2060, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479.

Peregrine Capital Management,  Inc. ("Peregrine"),  a wholly owned subsidiary of
Norwest Bank  Minnesota,  N.A., is a sub-advisor  for the Large Company  Growth,
Positive Return Bond,  Small Company Growth and Small Company Value  Portfolios.
Peregrine,  which is located at LaSalle Plaza,  800 LaSalle Avenue,  Suite 1850,
Minneapolis,  Minnesota  55402, is an investment  adviser  subsidiary of Norwest
Bank  Minnesota,   N.A.  Peregrine  provides  investment  advisory  services  to
corporate and public pension plans,  profit  sharing plans,  savings  investment
plans and 401(k) plans. As of December 31, 1999, Peregrine managed approximately
$8.1 billion in assets.

Smith Asset  Management  Group,  LP ("Smith  Group") is the  sub-advisor for the
Disciplined  Growth  and the  Small  Cap  Value  Portfolios.  Smith  Group  is a
registered investment adviser,  whose principal business address is 500 Crescent
Court,  Suite  250,  Dallas,   Texas  75201.  Smith  Group  provides  investment
management services to company retirement plans, foundations,  endowments, trust
companies, and high net worth individual using a disciplined equity style. As of
June 30, 1999, the Smith Group managed over $1 billion in assets.

Schroder  Investment   Management,   North  America  Inc.  ("Schroder")  is  the
sub-advisor for the International Portfolio.  Schroder, whose principal business
address  is 787  Seventh  Avenue,  New  York,  New York  10019  is a  registered
investment adviser.  Schroder provides investment management services to company
retirement plans,  foundations,  endowments,  trust companies and high net worth
individuals. As of September 30, 1999, Schroder managed $36.1 billion in assets.

The Administrator

Wells Fargo  provides the Portfolios  with  administration  services,  including
general  supervision of each  Portfolio's  operation,  coordination of the other
services  provided to each Portfolio,  compilation of information for reports to
the SEC and the state  securities  commissions,  preparation of proxy statements
and  shareholder  reports,  and  general  supervision  of  data  compilation  in
connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust's Trustees and officers.
Wells Fargo also furnishes  office space and certain  facilities to conduct each
Portfolio's business.

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services,  Inc. ("BFDS") provides transfer agency services
to the Portfolios.  For providing  these services,  BFDS receives an annual fee,
certain  transaction-related  fees, and is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses
incurred on behalf of the Portfolios.

Portfolio Managers`

The following persons are primarily responsible for day-to-day management of the
Portfolios,  and  were  responsible  for  the  day-to-day  management  of  their
predecessors since the date noted.

Disciplined Growth Portfolio/Small Cap Value Portfolio - Stephen S. Smith, CFA.
Mr. Smith is Principal and Chief Executive Officer of the Smith Asset Management
Group, L.P.  Prior to 1995, Mr. Smith previously served as Senior Portfolio
Manager with NationsBank.  Mr. Smith has a BS in Industrial Engineering and a
MBA from the University of Alabama.

Index Portfolio - David D. Sylvester (1996) and Laurie R. White (1996).  Mr.
Sylvester has been with Wells Fargo & Company and its predecessors in an
investment management capacity for over 20 years.  Mr. Sylvester joined WCM in
1998 as the Firm's Executive Vice President of Liquidity Investments.  He
simultaneously held the position of Managing Director for Reserve Asset
Management at Norwest Investment Management, Inc. ("NIM") (since 1997) until
WCM and NIM combined investment advisory services under the WCM name in 1999.
Mr. Sylvester has nearly 25 years of investment experience.  He specializes in
portfolio and securities analysis, fixed-income trading and the ability to add
stability and safety through maximizing fund diversification.  He also manages
structured and derivative securities, and institutional and personal trust
assets.  Mr. Sylvester attended the University of Detroit-Mercy.  Ms. White
joined WCM in 1998 as a Principal for the Liquidity Investments Team and
simultaneously was a Director for Reserves Asset Management at NIM (since 1997)
until WCM and NIM combined investment advisory services under the WCM name in
1999.  Ms. White specializes in managing short-term securities, along with
structured and derivative securities, and institutional and personal trust
assets.  Ms. White received a BA in Political Science from Carleton College and
a MBA from the University of Minnesota.

Income Equity Portfolio - David L. Roberts, CFA (1994) and Gary J. Dunn, CFA
(1994).  Mr. Roberts joined WCM in 1998 as the Equity Income Managing Director
and simultaneously held this position at NIM until WCM and NIM combined
investment advisory services under the WCM name in 1999.  Mr. Roberts joined
Norwest Corporation in 1972 as a Securities Analyst.  He became Assistance Vice
President Portfolio Manager in 1980 and was promoted to Vice President in 1982.
He holds a BA in Mathematics from Carroll College.  Mr. Dunn joined WCM in 1998
as Principal for its Equity Income Team.  WCM and NIM combined investment
advisory services under the WCM name in 1999.  Mr. Dunn formerly was the
Director of Institutional Investments of NIM.  He has been associated with
Norwest or its affiliates as a Financial Analyst and Portfolio Manager since
1979.  Mr. Dunn received a BA in Economics from Carroll Collage.

International Equity Portfolio - Katherine Schapiro, CFA (1999) and Stacey Ho,
CFA (1999).  Ms. Schapiro jointed WCM in 1997 as International Equity Managing
Director.  She manages international equity funds and portfolios for WCM's
institutional clients.  She joined WCM in 1997 from Wells Fargo Bank where she
was a Portfolio Manager from 1992 to 1997.  Ms. Schapiro's 18 years of
investment experience includes investment management from 1988 to 1992 at
Newport Pacific Management, an international advisory firm.  Ms. Schapiro
received her BA in Spanish Literature from Stanford University.  She was the
past President of the Security Analysts of San Francisco. Ms. Ho joined WCM in
197 as an International Equity Portfolio Manager Portfolio Manager.  She manages
international equity funds and portfolios for WCM's institutional clients.  In
1995 and 1996 she was an International Equity Portfolio Manager at Clemente
Capital Management, and from 1990 to 1995 she managed Japanese and U.S. equity
portfolios for Edison International. Ms. Ho has over 10 years of international
equity investment management experience.  Ms. Ho received BS in Civil
Engineering from San Diego State University, a MS in Environmental Engineering
from Stanford University and a MBA form the University of California at Los
Angeles.

International Portfolio - Michael Perelstein (1997).  Mr. Perelstein joined
Schroder in 1997 as a Senior Vice President.  Mr. Perelstein currently manages
international portfolios and has more than 22 years of investment experience
that includes more than 15 years specializing in overseas investing.  Mr.
Perelstein, along with the Schroder EAFE (Europe, Asia, Far East) Team, manages
more than $7 billion in assets.  Prior to 1997, Mr. Perelstein was a Director
and a Managing Director at MacKay-Shields.  Mr. Perelstein has a BA in
Economics from Brandies University and a MBA from the University of Chicago.

Large Company Growth Portfolio - John S. Dale, CFA (1994) and Gary E. Nussbaum,
CFA (1998).  Mr. Dale joined Peregrine in 1988 as a Senior Vice President and
has managed large company growth portfolios since 1983, currently totaling
assets in excess of $3 billion. Prior to joining Peregrine, Mr. Dale has been
associated with Norwest Bank and its affiliates since 1968.  Mr. Dale received
his BA in Marketing from the University of Minnesota.  Mr. Nussbaum joined
Peregrine in 1990 as a Vice President and Portfolio Manager where he has
managed large company growth portfolios, currently totaling assets in excess of
$3 billion.  Mr. Nussbaum received a BBA in Finance and a MBA from the
University of Wisconsin.

Managed Fixed Income Portfolio - Richard Merriam, CFA (1995) and Ajay Mirza
(1998).  Mr. Merriam joined Galliard at the firm's inception in 1995.
Currently, Mr. Merriam is a Managing Partner at Galliard.  He is responsible
for investment process and strategy.  Prior to joining Galliard, Mr. Merriam
was Chief Investment Officer for Insight Management.  Mr. Merriam received a
BA in Economics and English from the University of Michigan and a MBA from the
University of Minnesota.  Mr. Mirza joined Galliard at the firm's inception in
1995 as a Portfolio Manager and Mortgage Specialist.  Prior to joining
Peregrine, Mr. Mirza was a research analyst at Insight Investment
Management and at Lehman Brothers.  Mr. Mirza holds a BE in Instrumentation from
the Birla Institute of Technology (India), a MA in Economics from Tulane
University, and a MBA from the University of Minnesota.

Positive Return Bond Portfolio - William D. Giese, CFA (1994) and Patricia
Burns, CFA  (1998).  Mr. Giese joined Peregrine more than 10 years ago as a
Senior Vice President and Portfolio Manager.  His responsibilities include
overseeing the Positive Return Bond Portfolio. Mr. Giese has more than 20 years
of experience in fixed-income securities management.  Mr. Giese received his BS
in Civil Engineering from the Illinois Institute of Technology and a MBA form
the University of Michigan.  Ms. Burns joined Peregrine over ten years ago and
is a Senior Vice President and Portfolio Manager for taxable fixed-income
portfolios.  She has been associated with Norwest Bank and its
affiliates since 1983.  Ms. Burns has a BA in Child Psychology/Sociology and a
MBA from the University of Minnesota.

Small Cap Index Portfolio-- David D. Sylvester (1998) and Laurie R. White
(1998).  For a description of Mr. Sylvester's and Ms. White's
experience and backgrounds, see "Index Portfolio."

Small Company Growth Portfolio - Robert B. Mersky, CFA (1994) and Paul E. von
Kuster, CFA(1998).  Mr. Mersky is founder, President and a Portfolio Manager at
Peregrine.  In 1984, Mr. Mersky and five other Senior Portfolio Managers founded
Peregrine.  Mr. Mersky is responsible for Peregrine Small Cap Equity style and
oversees the Small Company Growth Portfolio.  Mr. Mersky has actively managed
small cap stocks since 1973.  Prior to joining Peregrine, Mr. Mersky has been
associated with Norwest Bank since 1968; and his responsibilities include
Senior Research Analyst, Portfolio Manager, Director of Research and Chief
Investment Officer.  Mr. Mersky received his BS in Accounting from the
University of Minnesota.  Mr. von Kuster joined Peregrine in 1984 as a
Senior Vice President and Portfolio Manager. Mr. von Kuster has a BA in
Philosophy form Princeton University.

Small Company Value Portfolio - Tasso H. Coin, Jr., CFA (1995) and Douglas G.
Pugh, CFA (1997).  Mr. Coin joined Peregrine in 1995 as a Senior Vice President.
Prior to 1995, Mr. Coin was a research officer at Lord Asset Management.  Mr.
Coin received his BBA in Economics from Loyola University of Chicago.  Mr. Pugh
joined Peregrine in 1997 as a Senior Vice President.  Prior to 1997, Mr. Pugh
was a Senior Equity Analyst and Portfolio Manager for Advantus Capital
Management, an investment advisor firm.  Mr. Pugh has a BS in Finance and
Business Administration from Drake University and a MBA from the University of
Minnesota.

Stable Income Portfolio - John Huber (1998).  Mr. Huber joined Galliard at the
firm's inception in 1995 as a Portfolio Manager. Currently, Mr. Huber is highly
involved with portfolio management, strategy, issue selection and trading.  Mr.
Huber specializes in corporate and asset/mortgage-backed securities.  Prior to
joining Galliard, Mr. Huber was an Assistant Portfolio Manager with NIM.  In
addition, he previously served as a Senior Analyst in Norwest's Capital Market
Credit Group.  Mr. Huber received a BA in Communications form the University of
Iowa and a MBA from the University of Minnesota.

Strategic Value Bond Portfolio - Richard  Merriam,  CFA, John Huber (1998),  and
Ajay Mirza (1998). For a description of Mr. Merriam's experience and background,
see  "Managed  Fixed  Income  Portfolio."  For  a  description  of  Mr.  Huber's
experience and background,  see "Stable Income Portfolio".  For a description of
Mr. Mirza's experience, see "Managed Fixed Income Portfolio."

ITEM 7:  SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

PURCHASE OF INTERESTS

Interests in the Portfolios are issued solely in private placement  transactions
that do not involve any "public  offering" within the meaning of Section 4(2) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended  ("1933 Act").  All  investments in the
Portfolios  are made without a sales load, at the NAV next  determined  after an
order is received by the  Portfolio.  Investments  in the Portfolios may only be
made by certain institutional investors, whether organized within or outside the
United States (excluding individuals, S corporations,  partnerships, and grantor
trusts beneficially owned by any individuals, S corporations,  or partnerships).
An investor in a Portfolio must also be an  "accredited  investor," as that term
is defined under Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the 1933 Act.

The  NAV  of  each  Portfolio  is  determined  as of  4:00  P.M.,  Eastern  Time
("Valuation  Time"),  on all weekdays  that the New York Stock  Exchange is open
("Business  Day").  Net asset value per Interest is  calculated  by dividing the
aggregate value of the Portfolio's  assets less all liabilities by the number of
units of Interests  outstanding.  All Portfolios  value portfolio  securities at
current  market  value if market  quotations  are readily  available.  If market
quotations are not readily  available,  the Portfolios value those securities at
fair value as determined by or pursuant to procedures adopted by the Board.

Each  investor  in a  Portfolio  may  add to or  reduce  its  investment  in the
Portfolio.  At the  Valuation  Time on each  Business  Day,  the  value  of each
investor's  Interest  in a  Portfolio  will be  determined  by  multiplying  the
Portfolio's NAV by the percentage,  effective for that day, that represents that
investor's share of the aggregate  Interests in the Portfolio.  Any additions to
or withdrawals of those interests which are to be effected on that day will then
be effected.  Each investor's share of the aggregate  Interests in the Portfolio
then will be  recomputed  using the  percentage  equal to the  fraction  (1) the
numerator of which is the value of the investor's investment in the Portfolio as
of the Valuation Time on that day plus or minus,  as the case may be, the amount
of any additions to or withdrawals from such investment effected on that day and
(2)  the  denominator  of  which  is  the  Portfolio's  aggregate  NAV as of the
Valuation Time on that day plus or minus,  as the case may be, the amount of the
net additions to or withdrawals from the aggregate  investments in the Portfolio
by all  investors.  The  percentages  so  determined  then  will be  applied  to
determine the value of each investor's  respective  interest in the Portfolio as
of the Valuation Time on the following Business Day.

Trading  in  securities  on  European,   Far  Eastern  and  other  international
securities  exchanges and  over-the-counter  markets is normally  completed well
before  the  close  of  business  of  each  Business  Day.  Trading  in  foreign
securities,  however,  may not take place on all Business Days or may take place
on days other than Business  Days.  The  determination  of the prices of foreign
securities  may be based on the  latest  market  quotations  for the  securities
markets.  If events occur that affect the  securities'  value after the close of
the markets on which they trade,  the  Portfolios  may make  adjustments  to the
value of the securities for purposes of determining net asset value.

For  purposes  of  determining  NAV,  the  Portfolios  convert  all  assets  and
liabilities  denominated in foreign  currencies into U.S. dollars at the mean of
the bid and asked prices of such currencies  against the U.S. dollar last quoted
by a major bank prior to the time of conversion.

There is no minimum  initial or  subsequent  investment  amount in a  Portfolio.
However, since each Portfolio intends to be as fully invested at all times as is
reasonably practicable in order to enhance the return on its assets, investments
must be made in federal  funds  (i.e.,  monies  credited  to the  account of the
Trust's custodian by a Federal Reserve Bank).

Stephens Inc. ("Stephens" or "Distributor") with principal offices at 111 Center
Street, Little Rock, Arkansas 72201, serves as the distributor of the Trust. The
Trust reserves the right to reject any purchase order for any reason.

REDEMPTION OR REPURCHASE OF INTERESTS

An investor in a Portfolio may withdraw all or any portion of its  investment in
the Portfolio at the NAV next  determined  after a withdrawal  request in proper
form is  furnished  by the  investor to the Trust.  The proceeds of a withdrawal
generally  will  be paid by the  Portfolio  in  federal  funds  normally  on the
business day after the  withdrawal  is  effected,  but in any event within seven
days. Investments in a Portfolio may not be transferred. The right of redemption
may not be suspended  nor the payment  dates  postponed for more than seven days
except when the New York Stock  Exchange is closed (or when  trading  thereon is
restricted) for any reason other than its customary  weekend or holiday closings
or under any emergency or other circumstances as determined by the SEC.

Redemptions  from a  Portfolio  may be made  wholly or  partially  in  portfolio
securities.  The Trust has filed an election with the SEC pursuant to which each
Portfolio will only consider  effecting a redemption in portfolio  securities if
the  particular  interestholder  is  redeeming  more than  $250,000 or 1% of the
Portfolio's NAV, whichever is less, during any 90-day period.

DISTRIBUTIONS

A  Portfolio's  net  income  consists  of (1) all  dividends,  accrued  interest
(including earned discount, both original issue and market discount),  and other
income, including any net realized gains on the Portfolio's assets, less (2) all
actual and accrued expenses of the Portfolio,  amortization of any premium,  and
net realized losses on the Portfolio's  assets,  all as determined in accordance
with generally accepted accounting  principles.  All of a Portfolio's net income
is allocated pro rata among the investors in the  Portfolio.  A Portfolio's  net
income generally is not distributed to the investors in the Portfolio, except as
determined by the Trustees from time to time, but instead is included in the NAV
of the investors' respective Interests in the Portfolio.

TAXES

Each  Portfolio  has been and will  continue to be operated in a manner so as to
qualify it as a non-publicly traded partnership for federal income tax purposes.
Provided  that a Portfolio so  qualifies,  it will not be subject to any federal
income  tax on its  income  and gain (if any).  However,  each  investor  in the
Portfolio will be taxable on its distributive  share of the Portfolio's  taxable
income in determining its federal income tax liability. As a non-publicly traded
partnership,   the  Portfolio  will  be  deemed  to  have  "passed  through"  to
interestholders any interests,  dividends, gains or losses. The determination of
such share will be made in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code"),  and regulations  promulgated  thereunder.  All Portfolios
will have less than 100 investors.

It is intended that each Portfolio's  assets,  income and  distribution  will be
managed in such a way that an entity  electing  and  qualifying  as a "regulated
investment  company"  under the Code can  continue  to so qualify  by  investing
substantially all of its assets through a Portfolio, provided that the regulated
investment  company meets other  requirements for such  qualification not within
the control of the Portfolio  (e.g.,  distributing at least 90% of the regulated
investment company's "investment company taxable income" annually).

Investor inquiries should be directed to Stephens.

ITEM 8:  DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS.

The Trust is registered as an open-end  management  investment company under the
1940 Act. The Trust was organized as a Delaware business trust. Investors in the
Trust will each be liable for all obligations of the Trust. However, the risk of
an investor incurring  financial loss on account of such liability is limited to
circumstances  in which both inadequate  insurance  existed and the Trust itself
was unable to meet its obligations.  The Trust's Declaration of Trust authorizes
the Board of Trustees to issue  Interests and to establish  and  designate  such
Interests  into  one or more  Portfolios.  Interests  may be  purchased  only by
institutional  investors which are "accredited  investors" within the meaning of
Regulation  D under the 1933 Act, and may not be  purchased  by  individuals,  S
corporations, partnerships or grantor trusts.

A discussion of the risk factors,  objectives and other investment  aspects in a
Private  Fund will  include all aspects of an  investment  in the  corresponding
Portfolio. In this registration statement,  the discussion of risk factors which
apply to an investment by a Portfolio shall include the risk factors which apply
to an investment by a Private Fund.

The  business  and affairs of the Trust are managed  under the  direction of its
Board of Trustees.  The office of the Trust is located at 525 Market Street, San
Francisco, California 94163.

ITEM 9:  FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS INFORMATION

The response to Item 9 has been omitted  pursuant to paragraph  (B)(2)(b) of the
General Instructions to Form N-1A.


<PAGE>


                                     Part B


                             WELLS FARGO CORE TRUST

                          PRIVATE PLACEMENT MEMORANDUM

                          Disciplined Growth Portfolio
                                 Index Portfolio
                             Equity Income Portfolio
                         International Equity Portfolio
                             International Portfolio
                         Large Company Growth Portfolio
                         Managed Fixed Income Portfolio
                         Positive Return Bond Portfolio
                            Small Cap Index Portfolio
                            Small Cap Value Portfolio
                         Small Company Growth Portfolio
                          Small Company Value Portfolio
                             Stable Income Portfolio
                         Strategic Value Bond Portfolio

                                 October 2, 2000

ITEM 10.  COVER PAGE AND TABLE OF CONTENTS.

This  Part  B is  not  a  prospectus.  It  is  intended  to  provide  additional
information  regarding  the fourteen  Portfolios  of Wells Fargo Core Trust (the
"Trust") and should be read in conjunction with the Trust's Part A dated October
2, 2000.  All terms used in Part B that are defined in Part A will have the same
meanings  assigned in Part A. Copies of Part A may be obtained without charge by
calling  1-800-222-8222 or writing to Wells Fargo Funds, P.O. Box 8266,  Boston,
MA 02266-8266.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                <C>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE TRUST HISTORY........................................................................................3
DESCRIPTION OF THE TRUST, PORTFOLIOS, INVESTMENTS AND RISKS..............................................3
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT POLICIES..........................................................................3
NON-FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT POLICIES......................................................................5
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON PORTFOLIO INVESTMENTS..........................................................6
MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST.................................................................................26
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES.....................................................28
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES..................................................................31
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES................................................................37
CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES......................................................................38
       Description of Interests.........................................................................38
PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES..............................................................39
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE........................................................................41
TAXATION................................................................................................41
UNDERWRITERS............................................................................................42
CALCULATION OF PERFORMANCE DATA.........................................................................42
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS....................................................................................42
SCHEDULE A - DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS....................................................................A-1
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


ITEM 11.  TRUST HISTORY

         In November 1998 the parent holding  company of Wells Fargo Bank,  N.A.
("Wells Fargo" or "Advisor"),  advisor to the Stagecoach funds,  merged with the
parent holding company of Norwest  Investment  Management,  Inc., the advisor to
the Norwest funds.  Management  and  shareholders  of both the Stagecoach  Funds
Family and the Norwest Funds Family approved a merger of the existing funds from
both fund  families into  successor  funds that are series of three newly formed
investment  companies  registered under the 1940 Act. Core Trust was established
to  continue  the  operations  of  certain  existing  Portfolios  of Core  Trust
(Delaware)  ("CT") in newly  established  Portfolios.  The Trustees  established
fourteen  Portfolios  of the  Trust,  each  having a direct  correlation  to one
corresponding CT Portfolio.

ITEM 12.  DESCRIPTION OF THE TRUST, PORTFOLIOS, INVESTMENTS AND RISKS

         The Trust is registered as an open-end  management  investment  company
under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"). The Trust
was  organized  as a Delaware  business  trust on March 10,  1999.  The  Trust's
Declaration  of Trust  authorizes  the Board of Trustees  to issue an  unlimited
number of beneficial interests ("Interests") and to establish and designate such
Interests into one or more portfolios ("Portfolios"). Interests may be purchased
only by  institutional  investors  which are "accredited  investors"  within the
meaning of Regulation D under the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933
Act"), and may not be purchased by individuals, S corporations,  partnerships or
grantor trusts. The number of investors for each Portfolio may not exceed 100.

         The Trust is currently  comprised of fourteen  separate series (each, a
"Portfolio"):  Disciplined  Growth  Portfolio,  Index  Portfolio,  Equity Income
Portfolio,   International  Equity  Portfolio,  International  Portfolio,  Large
Company Growth Portfolio,  Managed Fixed Income Portfolio,  Positive Return Bond
Portfolio,  Small Cap Index Portfolio,  Small Cap Value Portfolio, Small Company
Growth  Portfolio,  Small Company Value  Portfolio,  Stable Income Portfolio and
Strategic Value Bond Portfolio.  Each Portfolio is  "diversified"  as defined in
the 1940 Act.

FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT POLICIES:

         Each Portfolio has adopted the following  investment  policies,  all of
which  are  fundamental  policies;  that is,  they may not be  changed,  without
approval  by the  holders  of a  majority  (as  defined  in the 1940 Act) of the
outstanding voting securities of such Portfolio.

The Portfolios may not:

         (1) purchase  the  securities  of issuers  conducting  their  principal
business activity in the same industry if, immediately after the purchase and as
a result thereof, the value of a Portfolio's  investments in that industry would
equal or  exceed  25% of the  current  value of the  Portfolio's  total  assets,
provided that this restriction  does not limit a Portfolio's  investments in (i)
securities issued or guaranteed by the United States Government, its agencies or
instrumentalities,   (ii)  securities  of  other  investment  companies,   (iii)
municipal securities,  or (iv) repurchase agreements,  and provided further that
(v) the Index  Portfolio  reserves the right to  concentrate  in any industry in
which the S&P 500 Index becomes  concentrated to the same degree during the same
period and (vi) the Small Cap Index Portfolio  reserves the right to concentrate
in any industry in which the S&P 600 Small Cap Index becomes concentrated to the
same degree during the same period;

         (2) purchase  securities of any issuer if, as a result, with respect to
75% of a Portfolio's total assets, more than 5% of the value of its total assets
would  be  invested  in the  securities  of any one  issuer  or the  Portfolio's
ownership  would be more than 10% of the outstanding  voting  securities of such
issuer,  provided that this restriction does not limit a Portfolio's investments
in  securities  issued or guaranteed  by the U.S.  Government,  its agencies and
instrumentalities, or investments in securities of other investment companies;

         (3)      borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940
Act, including the rules, regulations and any orders obtained thereunder;

         (4)      issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under
the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any orders obtained
thereunder;

         (5) make loans to other parties if, as a result, the aggregate value of
such loans  would  exceed  one-third  of a  Portfolio's  total  assets.  For the
purposes  of this  limitation,  entering  into  repurchase  agreements,  lending
securities and acquiring any debt  securities are not deemed to be the making of
loans;

         (6) underwrite  securities of other issuers,  except to the extent that
the purchase of permitted  investments  directly from the issuer thereof or from
an underwriter  for an issuer and the later  disposition  of such  securities in
accordance  with  a  Portfolio's  investment  program  may  be  deemed  to be an
underwriting;

         (7)  purchase  or sell  real  estate  unless  acquired  as a result  of
ownership of  securities  or other  instruments  (but this shall not prevent the
Portfolio  from  investing in  securities  or other  instruments  backed by real
estate or securities of companies engaged in the real estate business); nor

         (8) purchase or sell  commodities,  provided that (i) currency will not
be  deemed  to be a  commodity  for  purposes  of this  restriction,  (ii)  this
restriction  does not limit the purchase or sale of futures  contracts,  forward
contracts or options,  and (iii) this restriction does not limit the purchase or
sale of securities or other instruments backed by commodities or the purchase or
sale of  commodities  acquired as a result of ownership of  securities  or other
instruments.


<PAGE>



NON-FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT POLICIES

         Each Portfolio has adopted the following non-fundamental policies which
may be changed by a vote of a majority  of the  Trustees  of the Trust or at any
time without approval of such Portfolio's Interest holders;

(1) Each  Portfolio  may invest in shares of other  investment  companies to the
extent  permitted  under the 1940 Act,  including  the  rules,  regulations  and
exemptions  thereunder,  provided however,  that no Portfolio that has knowledge
that its Interests are purchased by another investment company investor pursuant
to Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act will acquire any securities of registered
open-end management investment companies or registered unit investment trusts in
reliance on Section  12(d)(1)(F)  or  12(d)(1)(G)  of the 1940 Act, and provided
further that any Portfolio  that has knowledge  that its Interests are purchased
by another investment company pursuant to an exemptive order relating to Section
12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act that precludes underlying portfolios from acquiring any
securities of any other investment  company in excess of the limits contained in
Section  12(d)(1)(A)  of the 1940  Act,  except  for  securities  received  as a
dividend or as a result of a plan of  reorganization  of any company  will limit
its acquisition of securities of other investment companies accordingly.

(2) Each Portfolio may not invest or hold more than 15% of the  Portfolio's  net
assets in illiquid  securities.  For this purpose,  illiquid securities include,
among  others,  (a)  securities  that are illiquid by virtue of the absence of a
readily  available  market or legal or contractual  restrictions on resale,  (b)
fixed time  deposits  that are  subject to  withdrawal  penalties  and that have
maturities of more than seven days, and (c) repurchase agreements not terminable
within seven days;

(3) Each Portfolio may invest in futures or options  contracts  regulated by the
U.S.  Commodity  Futures Trading  Commission  ("CFTC") for (i) bona fide hedging
purposes within the meaning of the rules of the CFTC and (ii) for other purposes
if, as a result, no more than 5% of the Portfolio's net assets would be invested
in initial margin and premiums  (excluding amounts  "in-the-money")  required to
establish the contracts;

(4) Each Portfolio may lend securities  from its portfolio to approved  brokers,
dealers and financial institutions,  to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act,
including the rules,  regulations  and exemptions  thereunder,  which  currently
limit such  activities to one-third of the value of a  Portfolio's  total assets
(including  the value of the collateral  received).  Any such loans of portfolio
securities   will  be   fully   collateralized   based   on   values   that  are
marked-to-market daily;

(5) Each  Portfolio  may not make  investments  for the  purpose  of  exercising
control  or  management,  provided  that  this  restriction  does  not  limit  a
Portfolio's   investment  in  securities  of  other   investment   companies  or
investments  in  entities  created  under  the  laws  of  foreign  countries  to
facilitate investment in securities of that country;

(6)      Each Portfolio may not purchase securities on margin (except for s
hort-term credits necessary for the clearance of transactions); and

(7) Each  Portfolio  may not sell  securities  short,  unless it owns or has the
right to obtain securities  equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold
short (short sales "against the box"), and provided that transactions in futures
contracts and options are not deemed to constitute selling securities short.

         General

         Notwithstanding the foregoing policies,  any other investment companies
in which the Portfolios  may invest have adopted their own investment  policies,
which may be more or less restrictive than those listed above,  thereby allowing
a Portfolio to participate in certain investment  strategies indirectly that are
prohibited under the fundamental and non-fundamental  investment policies listed
above.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON PORTFOLIO INVESTMENTS

Additional  information on the  particular  types of securities in which certain
Portfolios may invest in is set forth below.

         Asset-Backed Securities

         The Portfolios may invest in various types of asset-backed  securities.
Asset-backed  securities  are  securities  that  represent  an  interest  in  an
underlying security. The asset-backed  securities in which the Portfolios invest
may consist of  undivided  fractional  interests  in pools of consumer  loans or
receivables  held  in  trust.   Examples  include  certificates  for  automobile
receivables  (CARS) and credit card receivables  (CARDS).  Payments of principal
and interest on these asset-backed  securities are "passed through" on a monthly
or other periodic basis to  certificate  holders and are typically  supported by
some form of credit  enhancement,  such as a surety bond,  limited guaranty,  or
subordination.  The extent of credit enhancement  varies, but usually amounts to
only a  fraction  of the  asset-backed  security's  par value  until  exhausted.
Ultimately,  asset-backed  securities are dependent upon payment of the consumer
loans or receivables by individuals,  and the certificate  holder frequently has
no recourse to the entity that originated the loans or  receivables.  The actual
maturity and realized  yield will vary based upon the  prepayment  experience of
the  underlying  asset  pool  and  prevailing  interest  rates  at the  time  of
prepayment.  Asset-backed  securities are relatively new  instruments and may be
subject to greater  risk of default  during  periods of economic  downturn  than
other  instruments.   Also,  the  secondary  market  for  certain   asset-backed
securities  may not be as liquid as the  market for other  types of  securities,
which  could  result  in a  Portfolio  experiencing  difficulty  in  valuing  or
liquidating such securities.

         Bank Obligations

         The Portfolios may invest in bank obligations,  including  certificates
of deposit, time deposits, bankers' acceptances and other short-term obligations
of domestic banks,  foreign  subsidiaries of domestic banks, foreign branches of
domestic  banks,  and domestic and foreign  branches of foreign banks,  domestic
savings and loan  associations and other banking  institutions.  With respect to
such  securities   issued  by  foreign  branches  of  domestic  banks,   foreign
subsidiaries  of domestic  banks,  and domestic and foreign  branches of foreign
banks,  a  Portfolio  may be subject  to  additional  investment  risks that are
different in some respects from those incurred by a Portfolio which invests only
in debt obligations of U.S. domestic issuers. Such risks include possible future
political  and  economic  developments,   the  possible  imposition  of  foreign
withholding  taxes on interest  income payable on the  securities,  the possible
establishment of exchange controls or the adoption of other foreign governmental
restrictions  which might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest
on these  securities  and the  possible  seizure or  nationalization  of foreign
deposits.  In addition,  foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks may be
subject to less  stringent  reserve  requirements  and to different  accounting,
auditing,  reporting  and  recordkeeping  standards  than  those  applicable  to
domestic branches of U.S. banks.

         Certificates  of deposit are  negotiable  certificates  evidencing  the
obligation of a bank to repay funds deposited with it for a specified  period of
time.

         Time  deposits  are  non-negotiable  deposits  maintained  in a banking
institution  for a  specified  period of time at a stated  interest  rate.  Time
deposits  which may be held by a Portfolio  will not benefit from insurance from
the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings  Association  Insurance Fund administered
by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC").  Bankers' acceptances are
credit  instruments  evidencing the obligation of a bank to pay a draft drawn on
it by a customer.  These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and
of the drawer to pay the face amount of the instrument upon maturity.  The other
short-term obligations may include uninsured, direct obligations, bearing fixed,
floating- or variable-interest rates.

         Below Investment Grade Investments

         A  Portfolio  may  invest in debt  securities  that are in low or below
investment  grade  categories,  or are  unrated  or in  default  at the  time of
purchase  (also  known as high  yield  securities  or "junk  bonds").  Such debt
securities  have a much  greater  risk  of  default  (or in the  case  of  bonds
currently in default,  of not  returning  principal)  and are more volatile than
higher-rated  securities of similar maturity.  The value of such debt securities
will be  affected  by  overall  economic  conditions,  interest  rates,  and the
creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower rated debt
securities  may be less liquid and more  difficult  to value than  higher  rated
securities.

         Stocks of the smaller and medium-sized  companies in which the Fund may
invest may be more volatile than larger company  stocks.  Investments in foreign
markets  may  also  present  special  risks,   including  currency,   political,
diplomatic, regulatory and liquidity risks.

         Bonds

         The  Portfolios  may  invest  in bonds.  A bond is an  interest-bearing
security  issued by a company or  governmental  unit. The issuer of a bond has a
contractual obligation to pay interest at a stated rate on specific dates and to
repay principal (the bond's face value)  periodically or on a specified maturity
date.  An issuer may have the right to redeem or "call" a bond before  maturity,
in which case the  investor  may have to reinvest  the  proceeds at lower market
rates.  The value of fixed-rate bonds will tend to fall when interest rates rise
and  rise  when  interest   rates  fall.   The  value  of   "floating-rate"   or
"variable-rate"  bonds,  on the other hand,  fluctuate  much less in response to
market interest rate movements than the value of fixed rate bonds.

         Bonds may be senior or  subordinated  obligations.  Senior  obligations
generally  have the first claim on a  corporation's  earnings and assets and, in
the  event of  liquidation,  are paid  before  subordinated  debt.  Bonds may be
unsecured  (backed only by the  issuer's  general  creditworthiness)  or secured
(also backed by specified collateral).

         Borrowing

         The  Portfolios  may borrow money for temporary or emergency  purposes,
including the meeting of redemption  requests.  Borrowing  involves special risk
considerations.  Interest costs on borrowings may fluctuate with changing market
rates of  interest  and may  partially  offset or exceed  the  return  earned on
borrowed funds (or on the assets that were retained rather than sold to meet the
needs for which  funds  were  borrowed).  Under  adverse  market  conditions,  a
Portfolio might have to sell portfolio  securities to meet interest or principal
payments at a time when  investment  considerations  would not favor such sales.
Reverse  repurchase  agreements,  short sales not  against the box,  dollar roll
transactions and other similar  investments that involve a form of leverage have
characteristics  similar to borrowings but are not considered  borrowings if the
Portfolio maintains a segregated account.

         Commercial Paper

         The  Portfolios  may invest in  commercial  paper  (including  variable
amount  master demand notes) which refers to  short-term,  unsecured  promissory
notes issued by  corporations  to finance  short-term  credit needs.  Commercial
paper is  usually  sold on a discount  basis and has a  maturity  at the time of
issuance not  exceeding  nine months.  Variable  amount  master demand notes are
demand obligations which permit the investment of fluctuating amounts at varying
market  rates of  interest  pursuant  to  arrangements  between the issuer and a
commercial bank acting as agent for the payee of such notes whereby both parties
have the right to vary the amount of the outstanding  indebtedness on the notes.
Investments  by the  Portfolios in  commercial  paper  (including  variable rate
demand  notes and  variable  rate master  demand  notes  issued by domestic  and
foreign bank holding companies, corporations and financial institutions, as well
as similar instruments issued by government agencies and instrumentalities) will
consist of issues that are rated in one of the two highest rating  categories by
a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization  ("NRSRO").  Commercial
paper may include variable- and floating-rate instruments.

         Closed-End Investment Companies

         The Portfolios  may invest in the  securities of closed-end  investment
companies that invest primarily in foreign  securities.  Because of restrictions
on direct  investment by U.S.  entities in certain  countries,  other investment
companies may provide the most practical or only way for the Portfolio to invest
in certain  markets.  The Portfolios  will invest in such companies when, in the
Advisor's judgment, the potential benefits of the investment justify the payment
of any applicable  premium or sales charge.  Other  investment  companies  incur
their own fees and expenses.

         Convertible Securities

         The  Portfolios  may  invest in  convertible  securities  that  provide
current  income and are issued by companies with the  characteristics  described
above for each Portfolio and that have a strong earnings and credit record.  The
Portfolios  may  purchase  convertible  securities  that are  fixed-income  debt
securities  or  preferred  stocks,  and which may be converted at a stated price
within a specified period of time into a certain quantity of the common stock of
the same issuer.  Convertible  securities,  while usually subordinate to similar
nonconvertible  securities,  are senior to common stocks in an issuer's  capital
structure.  Convertible  securities offer  flexibility by providing the investor
with a steady income stream (which  generally  yield a lower amount than similar
nonconvertible securities and a higher amount than common stocks) as well as the
opportunity to take  advantage of increases in the price of the issuer's  common
stock through the conversion feature. Fluctuations in the convertible security's
price can reflect  changes in the market value of the common stock or changes in
market interest rates.

         Custodial Receipts for Treasury Securities

         The  Portfolios  may purchase  participations  in trusts that hold U.S.
Treasury  securities  (such as TIGRs  and CATS) or other  obligations  where the
trust  participations  evidence ownership in either the future interest payments
or the future principal  payments on the obligations.  These  participations are
normally  issued at a discount  to their "face  value," and can exhibit  greater
price volatility than ordinary debt securities because of the way in which their
principal and interest are returned to investors.

         Derivative Securities

         The Portfolios may invest in various instruments that may be considered
"derivatives,"  including  structured  notes,  bonds or other  instruments  with
interest rates that are determined by reference to changes in the value of other
interest rates, indices or financial  indicators  ("References") or the relative
change  in  two  or  more  References.   Some  derivative  securities  represent
relatively  recent  innovations in the bond markets,  and the trading market for
these  instruments is less developed than the markets for  traditional  types of
debt  instruments.  It is uncertain  how these  instruments  will perform  under
different  economic  and  interest  rate  scenarios.  Because  certain  of these
instruments  are leveraged,  their market values may be more volatile than other
types of bonds and may  present  greater  potential  for  capital  gain or loss.
Derivative securities and their underlying instruments may experience periods of
illiquidity, which could cause a Fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell
or could force the sale of a security at inopportune times or for prices that do
not reflect  current market value.  The  possibility of default by the issuer or
the issuer's credit provider may be greater for these  structured and derivative
instruments  than for other  types of  instruments.  As new types of  derivative
securities are developed and offered to investors,  the advisor will, consistent
with the Funds' investment objective,  policies and quality standards,  consider
making investments in such new types of derivative securities.

         Derivative Securities: Futures and Options Contracts

         The Portfolios may invest in futures and options contracts. Futures and
options contracts are types of "derivative  securities," securities which derive
their value, at least in part,  from the price of another  security or asset, or
the  level  of an index or a rate.  As is  described  in more  detail  below,  a
Portfolio often invests in these securities as a "hedge" against fluctuations in
the value of the other securities that the Portfolio holds, although a Portfolio
may also invest in certain derivative securities for investment purposes only.

         While derivative securities are useful for hedging and investment, they
also  carry  additional  risks.  A hedging  policy  may fail if the  correlation
between  the  value  of the  derivative  securities  and the  Portfolio's  other
investments  does  not  follow  the  Advisor's  expectations.  If the  Advisor's
expectations are not met, it is possible that the hedging strategy will not only
fail to protect the value of the Portfolio's investments,  but the Portfolio may
also lose money on the derivative security itself. Also,  derivative  securities
are more likely to  experience  periods when they will not be readily  tradable.
If, as a result  of such  illiquidity,  a  Portfolio  cannot  settle a future or
option contract at the time the Advisor determines is optimal, the Portfolio may
lose money on the investment. Additional risks of derivative securities include:
the risk of the  disruption  of the  Portfolios'  ability to trade in derivative
securities  because of regulatory  compliance  problems or  regulatory  changes;
credit risk of  counterparties to derivative  contracts;  and market risk (i.e.,
exposure to adverse price changes).
         The Advisor uses a variety of internal  risk  management  procedures to
ensure  that  derivatives  use  is  consistent  with  a  Portfolio's  investment
objectives,  does not expose a Portfolio to undue risk and is closely monitored.
These  procedures  include  providing  periodic reports to the Board of Trustees
concerning the use of derivatives.

         The use of  derivatives  by a  Portfolio  also is  subject  to  broadly
applicable  investment  policies.  For example,  a Portfolio may not invest more
than a specified  percentage of its assets in "illiquid  securities,"  including
those derivatives that do not have active secondary markets. Nor may a Portfolio
use certain derivatives without establishing adequate "cover" in compliance with
the U.S.  Securities and Exchange  Commission  ("SEC") rules limiting the use of
leverage.

         Futures  Contracts.  The  Portfolios  may trade  futures  contracts and
options on futures contracts. A futures transaction involves a firm agreement to
buy or sell a commodity  or  financial  instrument  at a  particular  price on a
specified future date.  Futures contracts are standardized and  exchange-traded,
where  the  exchange  serves as the  ultimate  counterparty  for all  contracts.
Consequently,  the only credit risk on futures contracts is the creditworthiness
of the exchange.

         The  purchaser  or seller  of a futures  contract  is not  required  to
deliver or pay for the underlying  instrument  unless the contract is held until
the  delivery  date.  However,  both the  purchaser  and seller are  required to
deposit  "initial  margin" with a futures broker when the parties enter into the
contract.  Initial  margin  deposits are typically  equal to a percentage of the
contract's value. If the value of either party's position  declines,  that party
will be required to make additional  "variation  margin"  payments to settle the
change in value on a daily  basis.  The party that has a gain may be entitled to
receive all or a portion of this amount.  Initial and variation  margin payments
do not constitute  purchasing securities on margin for purposes of a Portfolio's
investment limitations.  In the event of the bankruptcy of the broker that holds
the margin on behalf of a Portfolio, the Portfolio may not receive a full refund
of its margin.

Although the  Portfolios  intend to purchase or sell futures  contracts  only if
there is an active market for such contracts,  a liquid market may not exist for
a particular contract at a particular time. Many futures exchanges and boards of
trade  limit the amount of  fluctuation  permitted  in futures  contract  prices
during a single  trading  day.  Once  the  daily  limit  has been  reached  in a
particular contract, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond that limit
or trading may be  suspended  for  specified  periods  during the  trading  day.
Futures contracts prices could move to the limit for several consecutive trading
days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures
positions and potentially  subject a Portfolio to substantial  losses.  If it is
not  possible,  or a  Portfolio  determines  not to close a futures  position in
anticipation  of adverse price  movements,  the Portfolio may be required to pay
additional variation margin until the position is closed.
         The Portfolios may also purchase options on futures contracts.  See
"Options Trading" below.

         Foreign Currency Futures  Contracts and Foreign Currency  Transactions.
The  Portfolios  can invest in foreign  currency  futures  contracts and foreign
currency  transactions which entail the same risks as other futures contracts as
described above,  but have the additional  risks  associated with  international
investing.  Similar  to other  futures  contracts,  a foreign  currency  futures
contract is an agreement  for the future  delivery of a specified  currency at a
specified time and at a specified price, will be secured by margin deposits, are
regulated by the CFTC and are traded on designated  exchanges.  A Portfolio will
incur brokerage fees when it purchases and sells futures contracts.

         Foreign  currency  transactions,   such  as  forward  foreign  currency
exchange  contracts,  are also contracts for the future  delivery of a specified
currency at a specified time and at a specified price. These transactions differ
from futures  contracts in that they are usually  conducted on a principal basis
instead of through an  exchange,  and  therefore  there are no  brokerage  fees,
margin  deposits are  negotiated  between the  parties,  and the  contracts  are
settled through different procedures. The Advisor, considers on an ongoing basis
the  creditworthiness  of the institutions  with which the Portfolio enters into
foreign  currency  transactions.  Despite these  differences,  however,  foreign
currency  futures  contracts  and  foreign  currency   transactions   (together,
"Currency  Futures")  entail largely the same risks, and therefore the remainder
of this section will describe the two types of securities together.

         Because  the  Portfolios  may  invest  in  securities   denominated  in
currencies  other than the U.S.  dollar and may  temporarily  hold Portfolios in
bank  deposits  or  other  money  market  investments   denominated  in  foreign
currencies,  they may be affected  favorably or unfavorably by exchange  control
regulations  or changes in the exchange  rate between  such  currencies  and the
dollar.  Changes in foreign currency  exchange rates influence values within the
Portfolio from the perspective of U.S.  investors.  The rate of exchange between
the U.S.  dollar and other  currencies is determined by the forces of supply and
demand in the foreign exchange markets.  The  international  balance of payments
and  other   economic  and  financial   conditions,   government   intervention,
speculation and other factors affect these forces.

         A Portfolio  will purchase and sell Currency  Futures in order to hedge
its portfolio and to protect it against possible  variations in foreign exchange
rates pending the settlement of securities  transactions.  If a fall in exchange
rates for a particular currency is anticipated,  a Portfolio may sell a Currency
Future as a hedge.  If it is  anticipated  that  exchange  rates  will  rise,  a
Portfolio may purchase a Currency  Future to protect  against an increase in the
price of securities  denominated in a particular  currency the Portfolio intends
to  purchase.  These  Currency  Futures  will  be used  only as a hedge  against
anticipated  currency  rate  changes.  Although  such  contracts are intended to
minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged  currency,
at the same  time,  they tend to limit any  potential  gain which  might  result
should the value of such currency increase.

         The use of Currency Futures involves the risk of imperfect  correlation
between  movements in futures  prices and  movements in the price of  currencies
which are the  subject of the hedge.  The  successful  use of  Currency  Futures
strategies  also  depends on the  ability of the Advisor to  correctly  forecast
interest rate movements,  currency rate movements and general stock market price
movements.  There  can be no  assurance  that  the  Advisor's  judgment  will be
accurate.  The use of Currency  Futures  also exposes a Portfolio to the general
risks of investing in futures contracts:  the risk of an illiquid market for the
Currency Futures,  the risk of exchange-imposed  trading limits, and the risk of
adverse  regulatory  actions.  Any of these  events may cause a Portfolio  to be
unable to hedge its  securities,  and may cause a Portfolio to lose money on its
Currency Futures investments.

         The Portfolios may also purchase options on Currency Futures.  See
"Options Trading" below.

         Options  Trading.  The  Portfolios,  except  the Equity  Income,  Large
Company Growth and Small Company Growth Portfolios, may purchase or sell options
on individual  securities or options on indices of securities.  The purchaser of
an option  risks a total loss of the premium paid for the option if the price of
the underlying  security does not increase or decrease  sufficiently  to justify
the exercise of such option.  The seller of an option,  on the other hand,  will
recognize the premium as income if the option expires  unrecognized but foregoes
any capital  appreciation  in excess of the exercise price in the case of a call
option and may be required to pay a price in excess of current  market  value in
the case of a put option.

         A call option for a  particular  security  gives the  purchaser  of the
option the right to buy, and a writer the  obligation  to sell,  the  underlying
security at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration of the
option,  regardless of the market price of the security. The premium paid to the
writer is in  consideration  for  undertaking  the  obligation  under the option
contract.  A put option for a particular  security gives the purchaser the right
to sell,  and the writer the option to buy, the security at the stated  exercise
price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option,  regardless of the
market price of the security.

         The  Portfolios  will write call options only if they are "covered." In
the case of a call option on a security or currency,  the option is "covered" if
a Portfolio  owns the  instrument  underlying  the call or has an  absolute  and
immediate right to acquire that instrument without additional cash consideration
(or, if  additional  cash  consideration  is  required,  cash,  U.S.  Government
securities or other liquid high grade debt obligations,  in such amount are held
in a  segregated  account  by the  Portfolio's  custodian)  upon  conversion  or
exchange  of other  securities  held by it. For a call  option on an index,  the
option is covered if a Portfolio  maintains  with its  custodian  a  diversified
portfolio  of  securities  comprising  the index or liquid  assets  equal to the
contract value. A call option is also covered if a Portfolio holds an offsetting
call on the same  instrument or index as the call written.  The Portfolios  will
write put options only if they are  "secured" by liquid  assets  maintained in a
segregated  account by the Portfolios'  custodian in an amount not less than the
exercise price of the option at all times during the option period.

         Each  Portfolio may buy put and call options and write covered call and
secured put options.  Options  trading is a highly  specialized  activity  which
entails greater than ordinary investment risk. Options may be more volatile than
the underlying instruments,  and therefore, on a percentage basis, an investment
in  options  may be subject to greater  fluctuation  than an  investment  in the
underlying   instruments   themselves.   Purchasing  options  is  a  specialized
investment  technique that entails a substantial  risk of a complete loss of the
amounts  paid as  premiums  to the  writer  of the  option.  If the  Advisor  is
incorrect in its forecast of market value or other factors when writing options,
the Portfolio would be in a worse position than it would have been had if it had
not written the option.  If a Portfolio wishes to sell an underlying  instrument
(in the case of a covered  call  option)  or  liquidate  assets in a  segregated
account (in the case of a secured put option),  the  Portfolio  must purchase an
offsetting option if available, thereby incurring additional transactions costs.

         Below  is a  description  of some of the  types of  options  in which a
Portfolio may invest.

         A stock index option is an option  contract whose value is based on the
value of a stock index at some future  point in time.  Stock  indexes  fluctuate
with  changes in the  market  values of the stocks  included  in the index.  The
effectiveness  of purchasing or writing stock index options will depend upon the
extent to which price movements in a Portfolio's  investment portfolio correlate
with price movements of the stock index selected. Accordingly, successful use by
a Portfolio of options on stock indexes will be subject to the Advisor's ability
to correctly analyze movements in the direction of the stock market generally or
of particular industry or market segments.  When a Portfolio writes an option on
a stock  index,  the  Portfolio  will  place in a  segregated  account  with the
Portfolio's  custodian cash or liquid  securities in an amount at least equal to
the market  value of the  underlying  stock index and will  maintain the account
while the option is open or otherwise will cover the transaction.

         The Portfolios may invest in stock index futures  contracts and options
on stock index futures contracts. A stock index futures contract is an agreement
in which one party  agrees to  deliver to the other an amount of cash equal to a
specific  dollar  amount  multiplied  by the  difference  between the value of a
specific  stock index at the close of the last  trading day of the  contract and
the price at which the agreement is made.  Stock index futures  contracts may be
purchased  to protect a  Portfolio  against an  increase in the prices of stocks
that a Portfolio  intends to  purchase.  The  purchase of options on stock index
futures  contracts  are similar to other options  contracts as described  above,
where a  Portfolio  pays a premium  for the option to  purchase  or sell a stock
index futures  contract for a specified  price at a specified date. With options
on stock index futures contracts, a Portfolio risks the loss of the premium paid
for the  option.  The  Portfolios  may  also  invest  in  interest-rate  futures
contracts and options on interest-rate  futures contracts.  These securities are
similar to stock index  futures  contracts  and  options on stock index  futures
contracts,  except they  derive  their price from an  underlying  interest  rate
rather than a stock index.

         Interest-rate  and index swaps involve the exchange by a Portfolio with
another party of their  respective  commitments to pay or receive  interest (for
example, an exchange of floating-rate  payments for fixed-rate payments).  Index
swaps involve the exchange by a Portfolio with another party of cash flows based
upon the performance of an index of securities.  Interest-rate swaps involve the
exchange  by a  Portfolio  with  another  party  of cash  flows  based  upon the
performance of a specified interest rate. In each case, the exchange commitments
can involve payments to be made in the same currency or in different currencies.
The Portfolios  will usually enter into swaps on a net basis.  In so doing,  the
two payment streams are netted out, with a Portfolio receiving or paying, as the
case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. If a Portfolio enters into
a swap,  it will  maintain a  segregated  account on a gross  basis,  unless the
contract provides for a segregated account on a net basis. The risk of loss with
respect to swaps  generally  is limited  to the net  amount of  payments  that a
Portfolio is contractually  obligated to make. There is also a risk of a default
by the other  party to a swap,  in which case a  Portfolio  may not  receive net
amount of payments that the Portfolio contractually is entitled to receive.

         Future Developments. The Portfolios may take advantage of opportunities
in the areas of options and futures  contracts and options on futures  contracts
and any other derivative  investments  which are not presently  contemplated for
use by the  Portfolios  or which are not  currently  available  but which may be
developed,  to the  extent  such  opportunities  are  both  consistent  with the
Portfolios' investment objective and legally permissible for a Portfolio. Before
entering into such transactions or making any such investment, a Portfolio would
provide appropriate disclosure in its Part A or this Part B.

         Dollar Roll Transactions

         A  Portfolio  may  enter  into  "dollar  roll"  transactions  wherein a
Portfolio sells fixed income securities,  typically mortgage-backed  securities,
and makes a commitment to purchase similar,  but not identical,  securities at a
later  date from the same  party.  Like a forward  commitment,  during  the roll
period no  payment  is made for the  securities  purchased  and no  interest  or
principal  payments on the  security  accrue to the  purchaser,  but a Portfolio
assumes the risk of ownership. A Portfolio is compensated for entering to dollar
roll  transactions  by the  difference  between the current  sales price and the
forward price for the future purchase,  as well as by the interest earned on the
cash proceeds of the initial  sale.  Like other  when-issued  securities or firm
commitment agreements,  dollar roll transaction involve the risk that the market
value of the securities sold by a Portfolio may decline below the price at which
a Portfolio is committed to purchase similar securities.  In the event the buyer
of securities under a dollar roll transaction becomes insolvent, the Portfolio's
use of the proceeds of the transaction may be restricted pending a determination
by the  other  party,  or its  trustee  or  receiver,  whether  to  enforce  the
Portfolio's obligation to repurchase the securities.

         Emerging Market Securities

         The Portfolios,  except for the Index  Portfolio,  may invest in equity
securities of companies in "emerging markets." The Portfolios consider countries
with emerging  markets to include the following:  (i) countries with an emerging
stock market as defined by the International Finance Corporation; (ii) countries
with low- to middle-income  economies  according to the  International  Bank for
Reconstruction  and Development  (more commonly  referred to as the World Bank);
and (iii) countries listed in World Bank publications as developing. The Advisor
may invest in those  emerging  markets that have a relatively low gross national
product per capita,  compared to the world's major economies,  and which exhibit
potential for rapid economic  growth.  The Advisor  believes that  investment in
equity  securities of emerging market issuers offers  significant  potential for
long-term capital appreciation.

         Equity  securities of emerging market issuers may include common stock,
preferred stocks (including  convertible preferred stocks) and warrants;  bonds,
notes  and  debentures  convertible  into  common  or  preferred  stock;  equity
interests in foreign investment funds or trusts and real estate investment trust
securities.  The Portfolios may invest in American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs"),
Canadian  Depositary  Receipts ("CDRs"),  European Depositary Receipts ("EDRs"),
Global  Depositary  Receipts  ("GDRs")  and  International  Depositary  Receipts
("IDRs") of such issuers.

         Emerging market countries  include,  but are not limited to: Argentina,
Brazil, Chile, China, the Czech Republic,  Columbia, Ecuador, Greece, Hong Kong,
Indonesia,  India, Malaysia,  Mexico, the Philippines,  Poland,  Portugal, Peru,
Russia,  Singapore,  South  Africa,  Thailand,  Taiwan and Turkey.  A company is
considered in a country,  market or region if it conducts its principal business
activities there,  namely, if it derives a significant portion (at least 50%) of
its  revenues or profits  from goods  produced  or sold,  investments  made,  or
services  performed  therein or has at least 50% of its assets  situated in such
country, market or region.

         There are  special  risks  involved  in  investing  in  emerging-market
countries.  Many investments in emerging markets can be considered  speculative,
and their prices can be much more volatile than in the more developed nations of
the world.  This difference  reflects the greater  uncertainties of investing in
less  established  markets  and  economies.  The  financial  markets of emerging
markets  countries are generally less well  capitalized  and thus  securities of
issuers based in such countries may be less liquid.  Most are heavily  dependent
on  international  trade,  and some are  especially  vulnerable to recessions in
other  countries.  Many of these countries are also sensitive to world commodity
prices.  Some  countries may still have  obsolete  financial  systems,  economic
problems or archaic legal  systems.  The currencies of certain  emerging  market
countries, and therefore the value of securities denominated in such currencies,
may be more volatile than currencies of developed countries.  In addition,  many
of these nations are experiencing political and social uncertainties.

         Floating- and Variable-Rate Obligations

         The Portfolios  may purchase  floating- and  variable-rate  obligations
such as demand notes and bonds. Variable-rate demand notes include master demand
notes  that are  obligations  that  permit a  Portfolio  to  invest  fluctuating
amounts, which may change daily without penalty, pursuant to direct arrangements
between the  Portfolio,  as lender,  and the  borrower.  The interest  rate on a
floating-rate  demand  obligation is based on a known  lending  rate,  such as a
bank's  prime  rate,  and is  adjusted  automatically  each  time  such  rate is
adjusted.  The interest rate on a  variable-rate  demand  obligation is adjusted
automatically at specified intervals.  The issuer of such obligations ordinarily
has a right,  after a given period,  to prepay in its discretion the outstanding
principal  amount of the  obligations  plus  accrued  interest  upon a specified
number of days  notice to the  holders  of such  obligations.  Frequently,  such
obligations   are  secured  by  letters  of  credit  or  other  credit   support
arrangements provided by banks.
         There   generally  is  no  established   secondary   market  for  these
obligations because they are direct lending  arrangements between the lender and
borrower.  Accordingly,  where these  obligations  are not secured by letters of
credit or other credit support  arrangements,  a Portfolio's  right to redeem is
dependent  on the  ability of the  borrower  to pay  principal  and  interest on
demand. Such obligations  frequently are not rated by credit rating agencies and
each  Portfolio  may  invest in  obligations  which are not so rated only if the
Advisor  determines  that  at the  time of  investment  the  obligations  are of
comparable  quality to the other obligations in which such Portfolio may invest.
The Advisor,  on behalf of each  Portfolio,  considers  on an ongoing  basis the
creditworthiness  of the  issuers  of the  floating-  and  variable-rate  demand
obligations   in  such   Portfolio's   investment   portfolio.   Floating-   and
variable-rate instruments are subject to interest-rate risk and credit risk.

         The floating- and  variable-rate  instruments  that the  Portfolios may
purchase include certificates of participation in such instruments.

         Foreign Obligations and Securities

         The Portfolios  may invest in foreign  securities  through ADRs,  CDRs,
EDRs, IDRs and GDRs or other similar  securities  convertible into securities of
foreign issuers. These securities may not necessarily be denominated in the same
currency as the securities into which they may be converted.  ADRs (sponsored or
unsponsored)  are receipts  typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company and
traded on a U.S. stock  exchange,  and CDRs are receipts  typically  issued by a
Canadian  bank or trust company that  evidence  ownership of underlying  foreign
securities.  Issuers of  unsponsored  ADRs are not  contractually  obligated  to
disclose material  information in the U.S. and, therefore,  such information may
not  correlate to the market  value of the  unsponsored  ADR.  EDRs and IDRs are
receipts  typically issued by European banks and trust  companies,  and GDRs are
receipts issued by either a U.S. or non-U.S. banking institution,  that evidence
ownership of the underlying foreign  securities.  Generally,  ADRs in registered
form are designed for use in U.S. securities markets and EDRs and IDRs in bearer
form are designed primarily for use in Europe.

         The  Portfolios  may  invest in fixed  income  securities  of  non-U.S.
governmental  and private issuers.  Such  investments may include bonds,  notes,
debentures and other similar debt securities, including convertible securities.

         Investments in foreign obligations involve certain  considerations that
are not typically associated with investing in domestic securities. There may be
less publicly available information about a foreign issuer than about a domestic
issuer.  Foreign issuers also are not generally  subject to the same accounting,
auditing and  financial  reporting  standards  or  governmental  supervision  as
domestic issuers. In addition, with respect to certain foreign countries,  taxes
may be withheld at the source under foreign tax laws, and there is a possibility
of  expropriation  or  confiscatory  taxation,  political,  social and  monetary
instability or diplomatic  developments that could adversely affect  investments
in, the liquidity of, and the ability to enforce  contractual  obligations  with
respect to, securities of issuers located in those countries.

         Investment  income on certain  foreign  securities in which a Portfolio
may  invest may be subject  to  foreign  withholding  or other  taxes that could
reduce the return on these  securities.  Tax treaties  between the United States
and foreign  countries,  however,  may reduce or eliminate the amount of foreign
taxes to which the Portfolio would be subject.

         Forward Commitments, When-Issued Purchases and Delayed-Delivery
Transactions

         Each  Portfolio may purchase or sell  securities  on a  when-issued  or
delayed-delivery  basis and make contracts to purchase or sell  securities for a
fixed  price at a future  date  beyond  customary  settlement  time.  Securities
purchased or sold on a when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward commitment basis
involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines, or
the value of the security to be sold increases, before the settlement date.

         Each Portfolio  will segregate  cash,  U.S.  Government  obligations or
other  high-quality debt instruments in an amount at least equal in value to the
Portfolio's  commitments  to purchase  when-issued  securities.  If the value of
these assets declines,  the Portfolio will segregate additional liquid assets on
a daily basis so that the value of the segregated  assets is equal to the amount
of such commitments.

         Guaranteed Investment Contracts

         The Portfolios may invest in guaranteed  investment  contracts ("GICs")
issued by insurance  companies.  Pursuant to such  contracts,  a Portfolio makes
cash contributions to a deposit fund of the insurance company's general account.
The  insurance  company  then  credits to the  deposit  fund on a monthly  basis
guaranteed  interest  at a rate based on an index.  The GICs  provide  that this
guaranteed  interest will not be less than a certain minimum rate. The insurance
company may assess periodic  charges against a GIC for expense and service costs
allocable  to it,  and  these  charges  will be  deducted  from the value of the
deposit  fund.  A  Portfolio  will  purchase  a GIC only  when the  Advisor  has
determined that the GIC presents minimal credit risks to the Portfolio and is of
comparable  quality to instruments in which the Portfolio may otherwise  invest.
Because a  Portfolio  may not  receive  the  principal  amount of a GIC from the
insurance  company on seven days'  notice or less,  a GIC may be  considered  an
illiquid investment. The term of a GIC will be one year or less.

         Illiquid Securities

         The  Portfolios  may  invest in  securities  not  registered  under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("1933 Act") and other securities  subject to
legal or other restrictions on resale.  Illiquid  securities may be difficult to
sell promptly at an acceptable price.  Delay or difficulty in selling securities
may result in a loss or be costly to a Portfolio.

         Interest Rate Protection Transactions

         To  manage  its  exposure  to  different  types  of  investments,   the
Portfolios may enter into interest rate,  currency and mortgage (or other asset)
swap  agreements  and may purchase and sell interest  rate "caps,"  "floors" and
"collars." In a typical  interest rate swap agreement,  one party agrees to make
regular  payments  equal to a floating  interest  rate on a  specific  amount in
return for  payments  equal to a fixed  interest  rate on the same  amount for a
specified period.  In a cap or floor, one party agrees,  usually in return for a
fee, to make payments  under  particular  circumstances.  A collar  entitles the
purchaser  to receive  payments  to the extent a specified  interest  rate falls
outside an agreed upon range.

         A Portfolio expects to enter into interest rate protection transactions
to  preserve  a return or spread on a  particular  investment  or portion of its
portfolio  or to protect  against  any  increase in the price of  securities  it
anticipates  purchasing  at a later  date.  The  Portfolios  intend to use these
transactions as a hedge and not as a speculative investment.

         Letters of Credit.

         Certain   of  the   debt   obligations   (including   certificates   of
participation,  commercial  paper and other  short-term  obligations)  which the
Portfolios may purchase may be backed by an unconditional and irrevocable letter
of credit of a bank,  savings and loan  association  or insurance  company which
assumes the  obligation  for payment of  principal  and interest in the event of
default by the issuer.  Only banks,  savings and loan associations and insurance
companies  which,  in the opinion of the Advisor,  are of comparable  quality to
issuers of other  permitted  investments of the Portfolio may be used for letter
of credit-backed investments.

         Loans of Portfolio Securities

         Each Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities pursuant to guidelines
approved by the Board of Trustees of the Trust to brokers, dealers and financial
institutions,  provided:  (1) the loan is  secured  continuously  by  collateral
consisting  of  cash,  securities  of  the  U.S.  Government,  its  agencies  or
instrumentalities, or an irrevocable letter of credit issued by a bank organized
under the laws of the United States,  organized  under the laws of a State, or a
foreign  bank that has filed an  agreement  with the  Federal  Reserve  Board to
comply  with  the  same  rules  and  regulations  applicable  to U.S.  banks  in
securities credit transactions,  and such collateral being maintained on a daily
marked-to-market  basis in an amount at least equal to the current  market value
of the  securities  loaned  plus any  accrued  interest  or  dividends;  (2) the
Portfolio may at any time call the loan and obtain the return of the  securities
loaned upon sufficient  prior  notification;  (3) the Portfolio will receive any
interest  or  dividends  paid on the loaned  securities;  and (4) the  aggregate
market  value  of  securities  loaned  will not at any time  exceed  the  limits
established by the 1940 Act.

         A Portfolio  will earn income for lending its  securities  because cash
collateral  pursuant to these loans will be invested  subject to the  investment
objectives,  principal investment  strategies and policies of the Portfolio.  In
connection  with lending  securities,  a Portfolio may pay  reasonable  finders,
administrative  and custodial fees. Loans of securities  involve a risk that the
borrower  may fail to return the  securities  or may fail to provide  additional
collateral.  In either case, a Portfolio could  experience  delays in recovering
securities  or  collateral  or could lose all or part of the value of the loaned
securities.   Although  voting  rights,  or  rights  to  consent,  attendant  to
securities  on loan pass to the  borrower,  such loans may be called at any time
and will be  called  so that the  securities  may be voted by a  Portfolio  if a
material  event  affecting  the  investment  is to occur.  A Portfolio may pay a
portion of the interest or fees earned from securities  lending to a borrower or
securities  lending agent.  Borrowing and placing brokers may not be affiliated,
directly or indirectly, with the Trust, the Advisor or the Distributor.

         Money Market Instruments and Temporary Investments

         The Portfolios may invest in the following  types of high quality money
market  instruments  that have remaining  maturities not exceeding one year: (i)
U.S. Government obligations;  (ii) negotiable certificates of deposit,  bankers'
acceptances  and fixed time  deposits and other  obligations  of domestic  banks
(including  foreign  branches) that have more than $1 billion in total assets at
the time of  investment  and are  members of the Federal  Reserve  System or are
examined by the Comptroller of the Currency or whose deposits are insured by the
FDIC; (iii)  commercial paper rated at the date of purchase  "Prime-1" by Moodys
or "A-1" or "A-1--" by S&P, or, if unrated,  of comparable quality as determined
by the Advisor; and (iv) repurchase  agreements.  The Portfolios also may invest
in short-term U.S.  dollar-denominated  obligations of foreign banks  (including
U.S.  branches) that at the time of investment:  (i) have more than $10 billion,
or the equivalent in other  currencies,  in total assets;  (ii) are among the 75
largest  foreign banks in the world as determined on the basis of assets;  (iii)
have branches or agencies in the United  States;  and (iv) in the opinion of the
Advisor,  are of comparable  quality to  obligations  of U.S. banks which may be
purchased by the Portfolios.

         Repurchase   Agreements.   A  Portfolio   may  enter  into   repurchase
agreements,  wherein  the  seller  of a  security  to the  Portfolio  agrees  to
repurchase  that security from the Portfolio at a mutually  agreed upon time and
price.  A Portfolio may enter into  repurchase  agreements  only with respect to
securities  that could  otherwise be purchased by the Portfolio.  All repurchase
agreements will be fully  collateralized at 102% based on values that are marked
to market daily.  The  maturities of the  underlying  securities in a repurchase
agreement  transaction  may be greater than twelve months,  although the maximum
term of a repurchase  agreement will always be less than twelve  months.  If the
seller  defaults and the value of the  underlying  securities  has  declined,  a
Portfolio may incur a loss. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced
with respect to the seller of the security,  the Portfolio's  disposition of the
security may be delayed or limited.

         The  Portfolios  may  not  enter  into a  repurchase  agreement  with a
maturity  of  more  than  seven  days,  if,  as a  result,  more  than  15% of a
Portfolio's  total net assets would be invested in  repurchase  agreements  with
maturities  of more than seven days and illiquid  securities.  A Portfolio  will
only enter into repurchase agreements with primary broker/dealers and commercial
banks that meet guidelines established by the Board of Trustees and that are not
affiliated with the investment Advisor. The Portfolios may participate in pooled
repurchase agreement transactions with other funds advised by the Advisor.

         Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities

         The Portfolios,  except the Index and International  Equity Portfolios,
may invest in mortgage-related securities.  Mortgage pass-through securities are
securities  representing  interests in "pools" of mortgages in which payments of
both  interest  and  principal on the  securities  are made  monthly,  in effect
"passing  through"  monthly  payments  made by the  individual  borrowers on the
residential  mortgage loans which  underlie the securities  (net of fees paid to
the issuer or  guarantor  of the  securities).  Early  repayment of principal on
mortgage  pass-through  securities  may  expose a  Portfolio  to a lower rate of
return upon reinvestment of principal. Also, if a security subject to prepayment
has been  purchased at a premium,  in the event of  prepayment  the value of the
premium would be lost. Like other fixed-income  securities,  when interest rates
rise, the value of a mortgage-related  security generally will decline; however,
when interest  rates  decline,  the value of  mortgage-related  securities  with
prepayment  features may not increase as much as other fixed-income  securities.
Payment of principal and interest on some mortgage pass-through  securities (but
not the market value of the securities themselves) may be guaranteed by the full
faith and credit of the U.S.  Government  or its agencies or  instrumentalities.
Mortgage  pass-through  securities  created by  non-government  issuers (such as
commercial  banks,  savings and loan  institutions,  private mortgage  insurance
companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers) may be supported
by various forms of insurance or guarantees,  including  individual loan, title,
pool and  hazard  insurance,  and  letters  of  credit,  which  may be issued by
governmental entities, private insurers or the mortgage poolers.

         The  Portfolios  may also  invest in  investment  grade  Collateralized
Mortgage  Obligations  ("CMOs").  CMOs may be  collateralized  by whole mortgage
loans  but  are  more  typically   collateralized   by  portfolios  of  mortgage
pass-through   securities   guaranteed  by  the  Government   National  Mortgage
Association  ("GNMA"),  the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation  ("FHLMC") or
the Federal National  Mortgage  Association (" FNMA").  CMOs are structured into
multiple classes, with each class bearing a different stated maturity.  Payments
of principal, including prepayments, are first returned to investors holding the
shortest  maturity class;  investors holding the longer maturity classes receive
principal  only  after  the  first  class  has  been  retired.  As new  types of
mortgage-related  securities are developed and offered to investors, the Advisor
will, consistent with a Portfolio's  investment objective,  policies and quality
standards,  consider  making  investments in such new types of  mortgage-related
securities.

         The  Portfolios  may also  invest in ARMs issued or  guaranteed  by the
GNMA,  FNMA or the FHLMC.  The full and timely payment of principal and interest
on GNMA ARMs is  guaranteed  by GNMA and  backed by the full faith and credit of
the U.S.  Government.  FNMA also  guarantees  full and  timely  payment  of both
interest  and  principal,  while  FHLMC  guarantees  full and timely  payment of
interest and ultimate  payment of principal.  FNMA and FHLMC ARMs are not backed
by the full faith and credit of the United  States.  However,  because  FNMA and
FHLMC are  government-sponsored  enterprises,  these  securities  are  generally
considered to be high quality investments that present minimal credit risks. The
yields  provided by these ARMs have  historically  exceeded  the yields on other
types of U.S. Government securities with comparable  maturities,  although there
can be no assurance that this historical performance will continue.

         The mortgages  underlying ARMs guaranteed by GNMA are typically insured
or guaranteed by the Federal Housing Administration, the Veterans Administration
or the Farmers Home  Administration,  while those underlying ARMs issued by FNMA
or FHLMC  are  typically  conventional  residential  mortgages  which are not so
insured or  guaranteed,  but which  conform to specific  underwriting,  size and
maturity standards.

         The interest rates on the mortgages underlying the ARMs and some of the
CMOs in which the  Portfolio  may invest  generally  are  readjusted at periodic
intervals  ranging from one year or less to several years in response to changes
in a predetermined  commonly-recognized interest rate index. The adjustable rate
feature  should  reduce,  but will not  eliminate,  price  fluctuations  in such
securities,  particularly  when market interest rates  fluctuate.  The net asset
value of a  Portfolio's  shares may  fluctuate to the extent  interest  rates on
underlying mortgages differ from prevailing market interest rates during interim
periods  between  interest  rate  reset  dates.  Accordingly,   investors  could
experience  some loss if they redeem  their  shares of the  Portfolio  or if the
Portfolio  sells these  securities  before the interest  rates on the underlying
mortgages are adjusted to reflect  prevailing  market interest rates. The holder
of ARMs and CMOs are also subject to repayment risk.

         There  are  risks   inherent  in  the   purchase  of   mortgage-related
securities.  For example, these securities are subject to a risk that default in
payment will occur on the  underlying  mortgages.  In addition to default  risk,
these  securities  are  subject to the risk that  prepayment  on the  underlying
mortgages  will  occur  earlier  or later or at a lessor  or  greater  rate than
expected.  To the extent that the Advisor's  assumptions  about  prepayments are
inaccurate,  these securities may expose the Portfolios to significantly greater
market risks than expected.

         The Portfolios also may invest in the following types of FHLMC mortgage
pass-through  securities.  FHLMC  issues  two  types  of  mortgage  pass-through
securities:  mortgage participation certificates ("PCs") and guaranteed mortgage
certificates ("GMCs"). PCs resemble GNMA certificates in that each PC represents
a pro rata share of all interest  and  principal  payments  made and owed on the
underlying pool of mortgages.  GMCs also represent a pro rata interest in a pool
of mortgages.  These instruments,  however, pay interest semiannually and return
principal  once  a  year  in  guaranteed   minimum   payments.   These  mortgage
pass-through  securities differ from bonds in that principal is paid back by the
borrower  over the  length of the loan  rather  than  returned  in a lump sum at
maturity.  They are called  "pass-through"  securities because both interest and
principal payments,  including prepayments,  are passed through to the holder of
the security. PCs and GMCs are both subject to prepayment risk.

         Municipal Bonds

         The  Portfolios  may  invest  in  municipal  bonds.  The two  principal
classifications of municipal bonds are "general obligation" and "revenue" bonds.
Municipal bonds are debt  obligations  issued to obtain funds for various public
purposes.  Industrial  development  bonds are a specific  type of  revenue  bond
backed by the credit and security of a private user. Certain types of industrial
development  bonds are  issued by or on behalf of public  authorities  to obtain
funds to provide privately-operated facilities.

         From time to time,  proposals have been introduced  before Congress for
the purpose of restricting  or eliminating  the federal income tax exemption for
interest on municipal  obligations.  For example,  under federal tax legislation
enacted in 1986,  interest on certain private activity bonds must be included in
an investor's  alternative  minimum taxable income, and corporate investors must
treat all tax-exempt interest as an item of tax preference. Moreover a Portfolio
cannot  predict  what  legislation,  if  any,  may  be  proposed  in  the  state
legislature   regarding  the  state  income  tax  status  of  interest  on  such
obligations, or which proposals, if any, might be enacted. Such proposals, while
pending or if enacted, might materially and adversely affect the availability of
municipal  obligations  generally  for  investment  by  the  Portfolio  and  the
liquidity and value of the  Portfolio's  assets.  In such an event,  a Portfolio
would  re-evaluate its investment  objective and policies and consider  possible
changes in its structure or possible dissolution.

         Certain of the municipal obligations held by a Portfolio may be insured
as to the timely  payment of principal  and  interest.  The  insurance  policies
usually are obtained by the issuer of the  municipal  obligation  at the time of
its  original  issuance.  In the event that the issuer  defaults  on interest or
principal  payment,  the insurer  will be notified  and will be required to make
payment to the  bondholders.  There is,  however,  no guarantee that the insurer
will meet its obligations.  In addition, such insurance does not protect against
market fluctuations caused by changes in interest rates and other factors.

         Other Investment Companies

         The  Portfolios may invest in shares of other  investment  companies to
the  extent  permitted  under  the 1940  Act.  However,  no  Portfolio  that has
knowledge  that its  Interests  are  purchased  by  another  investment  company
investor  pursuant  to  Section  12(d)(1)(G)  of the  1940 Act may  acquire  any
securities of registered open-end management  investment companies or registered
unit investment  trusts in reliance on Section  12(d)(1)(F) or 12(d(1)(G) of the
1940 Act. In addition,  any Portfolio  that has knowledge that its Interests are
purchased by another  investment company pursuant to an exemptive order relating
to Section  12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act that precludes  underlying  portfolios from
acquiring any securities of any other investment company in excess of the limits
contained in Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act, except for securities received
as a dividend or as a result of a plan of  reorganization  of any company,  will
limit its acquisition of securities of other investment companies accordingly.

         Participation Interests

         The  Portfolios  may  purchase  participation  interests  in  loans  or
instruments  in which the Portfolio may invest  directly that are owned by banks
or other institutions.  A participation  interest gives a Portfolio an undivided
proportionate  interest in a loan or  instrument.  Participation  interests  may
carry a demand feature permitting the holder to tender the interests back to the
bank or other institution.  Participation interests, however, do not provide the
Portfolio with any right to enforce  compliance by the borrower,  nor any rights
of set-off against the borrower and the Portfolio may not directly  benefit from
any  collateral  supporting  the  loan in  which it  purchased  a  participation
interest.  As a result,  the  Portfolio  will assume the credit risk of both the
borrower and the lender that is selling the participation interest.

         Privately Issued Securities

         The  Portfolios,  except the  Disciplined  Growth,  Small Cap Value and
Small Company  Growth  Portfolios,  may invest in privately  issued  securities,
including  those which may be resold only in accordance with Rule 144A under the
Securities  Act of 1933  ("Rule  144A  Securities").  Rule 144A  Securities  are
restricted securities that are not publicly traded.  Accordingly,  the liquidity
of the market for specific Rule 144A Securities may vary. Delay or difficulty in
selling such securities may result in a loss to a Portfolio. Privately issued or
Rule  144A  securities  that are  determined  by the  investment  Advisor  to be
"illiquid" are subject to the Portfolios'  policy of not investing more than 15%
of its  net  assets  in  illiquid  securities.  The  investment  Advisor,  under
guidelines  approved  by Board of  Trustees  of the  Trust,  will  evaluate  the
liquidity  characteristics of each Rule 144A Security proposed for purchase by a
Portfolio on a case-by-case basis and will consider the following factors, among
others, in their evaluation: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the Rule
144A  Security;  (2) the number of dealers  willing to purchase or sell the Rule
144A  Security  and  the  number  of  other  potential  purchasers;  (3)  dealer
undertakings  to make a market in the Rule 144A Security;  and (4) the nature of
the Rule 144A Security and the nature of the marketplace  trades (e.g., the time
needed to dispose of the Rule 144A Security, the method of soliciting offers and
the mechanics of transfer).

         Reverse Repurchase Agreements

         The  Portfolios  may  enter  into  reverse  repurchase  agreements  (an
agreement under which a Portfolio sells their portfolio securities and agrees to
repurchase  them at an  agreed-upon  date and  price).  At the time a  Portfolio
enters  into a  reverse  repurchase  agreement  it will  place  in a  segregated
custodial  account  liquid  assets such as U.S.  Government  securities or other
liquid  high-grade debt  securities  having a value equal to or greater than the
repurchase price (including accrued interest) and will subsequently  monitor the
account to ensure that such value is maintained.  Reverse repurchase  agreements
involve the risk that the market value of the securities  sold by the Portfolios
may decline below the price at which the  Portfolios are obligated to repurchase
the  securities.  Reverse  repurchase  agreements  may be  viewed  as a form  of
borrowing.

         Small Company Securities

         Investments in small  capitalization  companies carry greater risk than
investments in larger capitalization companies. Smaller capitalization companies
generally experience higher growth rates and higher failure rates than do larger
capitalization  companies;  and the  trading  volume of  smaller  capitalization
companies'  securities  is  normally  lower  than that of larger  capitalization
companies and, consequently,  generally has a disproportionate  effect on market
price  (tending to make  prices rise more in response to buying  demand and fall
more in response to selling pressure).

         Securities owned by a Portfolio that are traded in the over-the-counter
market or on a regional  securities  exchange  may not be traded every day or in
the volume typical of securities trading on a national securities exchange. As a
result, disposition by a Portfolio of a security, to meet redemption requests by
other investors or otherwise, may require the Portfolio to sell these securities
at a discount from market prices, to sell during periods when disposition is not
desirable, or to make many small sales over a lengthy period of time.

         Investment in small,  unseasoned  issuers  generally carry greater risk
than is  customarily  associated  with larger,  more  seasoned  companies.  Such
issuers often have products and  management  personnel that have not been tested
by  time  or  the  marketplace  and  their  financial  resources  may  not be as
substantial as those of more established  companies.  Their securities  (which a
Portfolio  may purchase  when they are offered to the public for the first time)
may have a limited  trading  market that can adversely  affect their sale by the
Portfolio and can result in such  securities  being priced lower than  otherwise
might be the case. If other institutional investors engaged in trading this type
of  security,  a Fund may be forced to dispose of its  holdings at prices  lower
than might otherwise be obtained.

         Stripped Securities

         The  Portfolios   may  purchase   Treasury   receipts,   securities  of
government-sponsored  enterprises  (GSEs), and other "stripped"  securities that
evidence  ownership  in  either  the  future  interest  payments  or the  future
principal  payments  on U.S.  Government  and other  obligations.  The  stripped
securities the  Portfolios may purchase are issued by the U.S.  Government (or a
U.S.  Government agency or instrumentality) or by private issuers such as banks,
corporations  and other  institutions  at a discount  to their face  value.  The
Portfolios will not purchase stripped  mortgage-backed  securities ("SMBS"). The
stripped securities purchased by the Portfolios generally are structured to make
a lump-sum payment at maturity and do not make periodic payments of principal or
interest.  Hence,  the duration of these  securities tends to be longer and they
are  therefore  more  sensitive  to  interest  rate  fluctuations  than  similar
securities  that offer  periodic  payments  over time.  The stripped  securities
purchased by the Portfolios are not subject to prepayment or extension risk.

         The  Portfolios  may purchase  participations  in trusts that hold U.S.
Treasury  securities  (such as TIGRs  and CATS) or other  obligations  where the
trust  participations  evidence ownership in either the future interest payments
or the future principal  payments on the obligations.  These  participations are
normally  issued at a discount  to their "face  value," and can exhibit  greater
price volatility than ordinary debt securities because of the way in which their
principal and interest are returned to investors.

         Unrated Investments

         The Portfolios may purchase  instruments  that are not rated if, in the
opinion of the Advisor, such obligations are of investment quality comparable to
other rated  investments  that are permitted to be purchased by such  Portfolio.
After  purchase by a  Portfolio,  a security may cease to be rated or its rating
may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the Portfolio. Neither
event will require a sale of such security by the  Portfolio.  To the extent the
ratings  given by  Moodys  or S&P may  change  as a result  of  changes  in such
organizations  or  their  rating  systems,  a  Portfolio  will  attempt  to  use
comparable   ratings  as  standards  for  investments  in  accordance  with  the
investment  policies  contained in its Part A and in this Part B. The ratings of
Moodys and S&P are more fully described in the Appendix to this Part B.

         U.S. Government Obligations

         The Portfolios  may invest in  obligations  issued or guaranteed by the
U.S.   Government,   its  agencies  or   instrumentalities   ("U.S.   Government
obligations").  Payment of principal and interest on U.S. Government obligations
(i) may be backed by the full  faith and  credit of the  United  States (as with
U.S.  Treasury bills and GNMA  certificates) or (ii) may be backed solely by the
issuing or guaranteeing  agency or instrumentality  itself (as with FNMA notes).
In  the  latter  case  investors   must  look   principally  to  the  agency  or
instrumentality  issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate  repayment,
which  agency  or  instrumentality  may  be  privately  owned.  There  can be no
assurance  that  the U.S.  Government  will  provide  financial  support  to its
agencies or  instrumentalities  where it is not obligated to do so. In addition,
U.S.  Government  obligations are subject to fluctuations in market value due to
fluctuations in market  interest  rates. As a general matter,  the value of debt
instruments,   including  U.S.  Government  obligations,  declines  when  market
interest rates increase and rises when market interest rates  decrease.  Certain
types of U.S.  Government  obligations  are subject to  fluctuations in yield or
value due to their structure or contract terms.

         Warrants

         The Portfolios  may invest in warrants.  Warrants  represent  rights to
purchase securities at a specific price valid for a specific period of time. The
prices  of  warrants  do  not  necessarily  correlate  with  the  prices  of the
underlying  securities.  A Portfolio may only purchase warrants on securities in
which the Fund may invest directly.

         Zero Coupon Bonds

         The Portfolios  may invest in zero coupon bonds.  Zero coupon bonds are
securities  that make no periodic  interest  payments,  but are instead  sold at
discounts from face value.  The buyer of such a bond receives the rate of return
by the gradual appreciation of the security,  which is redeemed at face value on
a specified maturity date. Because zero coupon bonds bear no interest,  they are
more sensitive to  interest-rate  changes and are therefore more volatile.  When
interest rates rise, the discount to face value of the security  deepens and the
securities decrease more rapidly in value, when interest rates fall, zero coupon
securities  rise more  rapidly in value  because the bonds carry fixed  interest
rates that become more attractive in a falling interest rate environment.

         Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization

         The  ratings  of Moodys  Investors  Service,  Inc.;  Standard  & Poor's
Ratings Group,  Division of McGraw Hill;  Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.; Fitch
Investors  Service,  Inc.;  Thomson Bank Watch;  and IBCA Inc.  represent  their
opinions as to the quality of debt securities. It should be emphasized, however,
that  ratings are  general  and not  absolute  standards  of  quality,  and debt
securities  with the same maturity,  interest rate and rating may have different
yields  while  debt  securities  of the same  maturity  and  interest  rate with
different  ratings  may  have  the  same  yield.  Subsequent  to  purchase  by a
Portfolio,  an issue of debt  securities may cease to be rated or its rating may
be reduced below the minimum  rating  required for purchase by a Portfolio.  The
Advisor  will  consider  such an  event in  determining  whether  the  Portfolio
involved should continue to hold the obligation.

Portfolio Turnover

         Generally,  the  Portfolios  will  purchase  portfolio  securities  for
capital  appreciation  or investment  income,  or both,  and not for  short-term
trading profits.  If a Portfolio's  annual portfolio turnover rate exceeds 100%,
it may result in higher  brokerage costs and possible tax  consequences  for the
Interest holders.

ITEM 13.  MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST

         The  principal  occupations  during the past five years of the Trustees
and principal  executive  Officers of the Trust are listed below. The address of
each,  unless  otherwise  indicated,  is 525  Market  Street,  12th  Floor,  San
Francisco, CA 94105. Trustees deemed to be "interested persons" of the Trust for
purposes of the 1940 Act are indicated by an asterisk.



<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<S>                                     <C>                      <C>



                                                                  Principal Occupations
Name, Age and Address                         Position            During Past 5 Years

*Robert C. Brown,  65 Trustee  Director,  Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding 5038
Kestral Parkway South Corporation and Farm Credit System Financial Sarasota,  FL
34231 Assistance Corporation since February 1993.

Donald H. Burkhardt, 70                       Trustee             Principal, Burkhardt Law Firm.
777 South Steele Street
Denver, CO 80209

Jack S. Euphrat, 77                           Trustee             Private Investor.
415 Walsh Road
Atherton, CA  94027

Thomas S. Goho, 56                            Trustee             Business Associate Professor, Wake Forest
321 Beechcliff Court                                              University, Calloway School of Business and
Winston-Salem, NC  27104                                          Accountancy since 1994.

Peter G. Gordon, 56                           Trustee             Chairman and Co-Founder of Crystal Geyser Water
Crystal Geyser Water Co.                                          Company and President of Crystal Geyser Roxane
55 Francisco Street, Suite 410                                    Water Company since 1977.
San Francisco, CA  94133

*W. Rodney Hughes, 72                         Trustee             Private Investor.
31 Dellwood Court
San Rafael, CA  94901

*Richard M. Leach, 63                         Trustee             President of Richard M. Leach Associates (a
P.O. Box 1888                                                     financial consulting firm) since 1992.
New London, NH 03257

*J. Tucker Morse, 54                          Trustee             Private Investor/Real Estate Developer; Chairman
10 Legare Street                                                  of Vault Holdings, LLC.
Charleston, SC  29401

Timothy J. Penny, 45                          Trustee             Senior Counselor to the public relations firm of
500 North State Street                                            Himle-Horner since January 1995 and Senior Fellow
Waseca, MN 56093                                                  at the Humphrey Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota
                                                                  (a public policy organization) since January 1995.

Donald C. Willeke, 59                        Trustee              Principal, law firm of Willeke & Daniels.
201 Ridgewood Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55403

Michael J. Hogan, 41                         President            Executive Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
                                                                  since July 1999.  Senior Vice President of Wells
                                                                  Fargo Bank, N.A. from April 1997 to May 1999.
                                                                  Vice President of American Express Financial
                                                                  Advisors from May 1996 to April 1997, and Director
                                                                  of American Express Financial Advisors from March
                                                                  1993 to May 1996.

Karla M. Rabusch, 41                         Treasurer            Senior Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.,
                                                                  since May 2000.  Vice President of Wells Fargo
                                                                  Bank, N.A. from December 1997 to May 2000.  Prior
                                                                  thereto, Director of Managed Assets Investment
                                                                  Accounting of American Express Financial Advisors
                                                                  from May 1994 to November 1997.

C. David Messman, 40                         Secretary            Vice President and Senior Counsel of Wells Fargo
                                                                  Bank, N.A. since January 1996.  Prior thereto,
                                                                  Branch Chief, Division of Investment Management,
                                                                  U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
</TABLE>

         Each of the  Trustees and  Officers  listed above act in the  identical
capacities for Wells Fargo Variable Trust and Wells Fargo Funds Trust (including
the Trust,  collectively the "Fund Complex"). All of the non-interested Trustees
are also members of the Audit and  Nominating  Committees  of the Trust,  and of
each other trust in the Fund Complex.

         Each Trustee receives an annual retainer (payable quarterly) of $40,000
from the Fund Complex, and also receives a combined fee of $1,000 for attendance
at Fund Complex  Board  meetings,  and a combined fee of $250 for  attendance at
committee meetings.  If a committee meeting is held absent a full Board meeting,
each  attending  Trustee will receive a $1,000  combined  fee.  These fees apply
equally for in-person or telephonic  meetings,  and Trustees are  reimbursed for
all out-of-pocket  expenses related to attending  meetings.  The Trustees do not
receive any retirement  benefits or deferred  compensation from the Trust or any
other member of the Fund Complex.  The Trust's  officers are not  compensated by
the Trust for their  services.  For the  fiscal  year  ended May 31,  2000,  the
Trustees received the following compensation:

                                       Compensation Table
                                     Year Ended May 31, 2000

         Trustee                                                    Compensation

         Robert C. Brown                                                 $23,102
         Donald H. Burkhardt                                             $22,384
         Jack S. Euphrat                                                 $27,254
         Thomas S. Goho                                                  $27,254
         Peter G. Gordon                                                 $27,254
         W. Rodney Hughes                                                $26,754
         Richard M. Leach                                                $22,102
         J. Tucker Morse                                                 $26,754
         Timothy J. Penny                                                $23,602
         Donald C. Willeke                                               $23,602


         As of the date of this Part B,  Trustees and Officers of the Trust as a
group beneficially owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Trust.

ITEM 14.  CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

         Set forth below, as of August 31, 2000, is the name and share ownership
of each person known by the Trust to have  beneficial or record  ownership of 5%
or more of a class of a Portfolio  or 5% or more of the voting  securities  as a
whole. The address for each of the funds listed below is 525 Market Street,  San
Francisco, CA 94163.
<TABLE>
<S>                      <C>                                          <C>

                       5% Ownership as of AUGUST 31, 2000

                                                                           Percentage
   Portfolio                Name and Address                              of Portfolio

Disciplined Growth         Disciplined Growth                                16.77%
   Portfolio               Diversified Equity                                56.88%
                           Strategic Income                                   1.33%
                           Moderate Balanced                                 15.00%
                           Growth Balanced                                   18.07%
                           Aggressive Balanced-Equity                         1.79%

Equity Income Portfolio    Equity Income                                     66.16%
                           Diversified Equity                                22.69%
                           Strategic Income                                   0.53%
                           Moderate Balanced                                  2.08%
                           Growth Balanced                                    7.25%
                           Aggressive Balanced-Equity                         0.72%
                           WealthBuilder Growth                               0.25%
                           WealthBuilder Growth & Income                      0.17%
                           WealthBuilding Growth Balanced                     0.13%

Index Portfolio            Index                                             54.73%
                           Diversified Equity                                30.39%
                           Strategic Income                                   0.71%
                           Moderate Balanced                                  2.78%
                           Growth Balanced                                    9.68%
                           Aggressive Balanced-Equity                         0.97%
                           Forum Equity Index                                 0.75%

International Portfolio    International                                     42.53%
                           Growth Equity                                     18.78%
                           Diversified Equity                                26.29%
                           Strategic Income                                   0.62%
                           Moderate Balanced                                  2.43%
                           Growth Balanced                                    8.49%
                           Aggressive Balanced-Equity                         0.85%

Large Company Growth       Large Company Growth                              71.51%
   Portfolio               Growth Equity                                      7.90%
                           Diversified Equity                                13.47%
                           Strategic Income                                   0.32%
                           Moderate Balanced                                  1.23%
                           Growth Balanced                                    4.30%
                           Aggressive Balanced-Equity                         0.43%
                           WealthBuilder Growth                               0.63%
                           WealthBuilder Growth & Income                      0.13%
                           WealthBuilder Growth Balanced                      0.09%

Managed Fixed Income       Diversified Bond                                  20.01%
   Portfolio               Strategic Income                                  14.91%
                           Moderate Balanced                                 23.70%
                           Growth Balanced                                   39.55%
                           Aggressive Balanced-Equity                         1.83%

Positive Return Bond       Diversified Bond                                  20.02%
   Portfolio               Strategic Income                                  14.89%
                           Moderate Balanced                                 23.70%
                           Growth Balanced                                   39.55%
                           Aggressive Balanced-Equity                         1.83%

Small Cap Value            Small Cap Value                                   10.27%
   Portfolio               Growth Equity                                     35.86%
                           Diversified Equity                                27.43%
                           Strategic Income                                   0.64%
                           Moderate Balanced                                  2.50%
                           Growth Balanced                                    8.73%
                           Aggressive Balanced-Equity                         0.87%
                           Diversified Small Cap                             13.69%

Stable Income Portfolio    Strategic Income                                  19.79%
                           Moderate Balanced                                 23.14%
                           Stable Income                                     57.07%

Strategic Value Bond       Diversified Bond                                  20.01%
   Portfolio               Strategic Income                                  14.90%
                           Moderate Balanced                                 23.68%
                           Growth Balanced                                   39.59%
                           Aggressive Balanced-Equity                         1.83%

Small Company Growth       Small Company Growth                              78.19%
   Portfolio               Growth Equity                                      8.58%
                           Diversified Equity                                 6.75%
                           Strategic Income                                   0.16%
                           Moderate Balanced                                  0.61%
                           Growth Balanced                                    2.15%
                           Aggressive Balanced-Equity                         0.21%
                           Diversified Small Cap                              3.35%

Small Company Index        Growth Equity                                     39.84%
   Portfolio               Diversified Equity                                30.69%
                           Strategic Income                                   0.72%
                           Moderate Balanced                                  2.78%
                           Growth Balanced                                    9.75%
                           Aggressive Balanced-Equity                         0.96%
                           Diversified Small Cap                             15.26%

Small Company Value        Growth Equity                                     40.31%
                           Diversified Equity                                30.43%
                           Strategic Income                                   0.72%
                           Moderate Balanced                                  2.77%
                           Growth Balanced                                    9.69%
                           Aggressive Balanced-Equity                         0.96%
                           Diversified Small Cap                             15.12%

International Equity       Growth Equity                                     32.23%
   Portfolio               Diversified Equity                                44.69%
                           Strategic Income                                   1.05%
                           Moderate Balanced                                  4.10%
                           Growth Balanced                                   14.29%
                           Aggressive Balanced-Equity                         1.43%
                           WealthBuilder Growth                               0.69%
                           WealthBuilder Growth & Income                      0.88%
                           WealthBuilder Growth Balanced                      0.64%

</TABLE>

ITEM 15.  INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES.

         Investment  Advisor.  Subject to the general  supervision of the Board,
Wells  Fargo  provides  investment  advisory  services  to  the  Portfolios.  As
investment  advisor,  Wells  Fargo  furnishes  investment  guidance  and  policy
direction in connection with the daily  portfolio  management of the Portfolios.
Wells Fargo furnishes to the Trust's Board of Trustees  periodic  reports on the
investment  strategies and performance of each  Portfolio.  Wells Fargo provides
the Portfolios with, among other things, money market and fixed-income research,
analysis and statistical and economic data and information  concerning  interest
rate  and  securities  markets  trends,   portfolio   composition,   and  credit
conditions.

         The  investment  advisory  agreement  for  each  Portfolio   ("Advisory
Agreement") will remain in effect for a period of two years from the date of its
effectiveness  and thereafter  shall continue for  successive  one-year  periods
provided such  continuance  is  specifically  approved at least  annually by the
Board or by vote of the Interest holders of the Portfolio,  and, in either case,
by a majority of the Trustees  who are not parties to the Advisory  Agreement or
interested persons of any such party (other than as trustees of the Trust).

         The  Advisory  Agreement  with  respect to a  Portfolio  is  terminable
without the  payment of penalty,  (i) by the Board or by a vote of a majority of
the Portfolio's outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) on 60
days' written notice by either party and will terminate  automatically  upon its
assignment.

         The advisory  fees,  as described in Part A, are accrued daily and paid
monthly. The adviser in its sole discretion, may waive all or any portion of its
advisory fee with respect to each Portfolio.  Each Advisory  Agreement  provides
that the Advisers may render service to others.

         The table below shows the dollar  amount of advisory  fees payable as a
percentage  of daily net assets by each  Portfolio to the  predecessor  advisors
over the past three  years.  As discussed in the "Trust  History"  section,  the
Portfolios  were created as part of the  reorganization  of the  Stagecoach  and
Norwest Funds.  Therefore,  the  information  shown below  concerning the dollar
amounts of advisory  fees paid shows the dollar  amount of fees paid to advisors
by the  predecessor  portfolio  that is  considered  the  surviving  entity  for
accounting purposes.  Specifically,  the table details the dollar amount of fees
that would have been  payable  had certain  waivers not been in place,  together
with the dollar  amount of fees  waived and the dollar  amount of net fees paid.
The advisory fee rates are set forth in Part A. This information is provided for
the past three years or such shorter terms as a Portfolio has been operational.
<TABLE>
<S>                                                         <C>                      <C>
ADVISORY FEES

                                                           Fees Waived              Fees Payable

Disciplined Growth Portfolio
     Period ended September 30, 1999                           $  36,372           $     622,670
     Year ended May 31, 1999                                   $  79,837           $  1,481,103
     Year ended May 31, 1998                                   $    0              $     679,865
Equity Income Portfolio
     Period ended September 30, 1999                           $257,478            $  4,258,945
     Year ended May 31, 1999                                   $425,107            $10,582,022
     Year ended May 31, 1998                                   $    0              $  7,756,161
Index Portfolio
     Period ended September 30, 1999                           $286,572            $     849,293
     Year ended May 31, 1999                                   $779,240            $  2,351,029
     Year ended May 31, 1998                                   $    0              $  1,709,358
     Year ended May 31, 1997                                   $592,067            $         0
International Portfolio
     Period ended September 30, 2000                           $191,876            $  1,223,197
     Year ended May 31, 1999                                   $717,860            $  3,937,758
     Year ended May 31, 1998                                   $117,141            $  3,832,528
International Equity Portfolio
     Period ended September 30, 1999                           $    0              $     632,379
     Year ended May 31, 1999                                   $    0              $     536,814
Large Company Growth Portfolio
     Period ended September 30, 1999                           $213,833            $  4,418,020
     Year ended May 31, 1999                                   $137,320            $  9,043,943
     Year ended May 31, 1998                                   $    0              $  6,448,644
Small Cap Index Portfolio
     Period ended September 30, 1999                           $  25,681           $     114,972
     Year ended May 31, 1999                                   $  54,976           $     303,388
     Year ended May 31, 1998                                   $    0              $       45,748
Small Cap Value Portfolio
     Period ended September 30, 1999                           $  21,449           $     432,524
     Year ended May 31, 1999                                   $  50,969           $  1,021,928
     Year ended May 31, 1998                                   $    0              $     580,454
Small Company Growth Portfolio
     Period ended September 30, 1999                           $  97,671           $  2,116,131
     Year ended May 31, 1999                                   $    1,559          $  6,579,692
     Year ended May 31, 1998                                   $    0              $  7,752,366
Small Company Value Portfolio
     Period ended September 30, 1999                           $  25,997           $     472,849
     Year ended May 31, 1999                                   $  68,547           $  1,297,868
     Year ended May 31, 1998                                   $    0              $  1,558,410
Managed Fixed Income Portfolio
     Year ended May 31, 2000                                   $612,643            $  1,965,288
     Year ended May 31, 1999                                   $    0              $  1,307,275
     Year ended May 31, 1998                                   $    0              $     975,529
Positive Return Bond Portfolio
     Year ended May 31, 2000                                   $408,448            $  1,310,074
     Year ended May 31, 1999                                   $    0              $     871,345
     Year ended May 31, 1998                                   $    0              $     727,322
Stable Income Portfolio
     Year ended May 31, 2000                                   $  71,543           $  1,415,363
     Year ended May 31, 1999                                   $    0              $     864,254
     Year ended May 31, 1998                                   $    0              $     682,043
Strategic Value Bond Portfolio
     Year ended May 31, 2000                                   $  58,451           $     964,676
     Year ended May 31, 1999                                   $    0              $  1,203,467
     Year ended May 31, 1998                                   $    0              $     601,240

</TABLE>

Investment  Sub-Advisors.  Wells  Fargo has  engaged  Wells  Capital  Management
Incorporated ("WCM"), Galliard Capital Management, Inc. ("Galliard"),  Peregrine
Capital Management, Inc. ("Peregrine"), Smith Asset Management Group, LP ("Smith
Group") and Schroder  Investment  Management  North  America  Inc.  ("Schroder")
(collectively,  the  "Sub-Advisors") to serve as investment  sub-advisors to the
Portfolios.  Subject to the  direction of the Trust's  Board of Trustees and the
overall  supervision and control of Wells Fargo and the Trust,  the Sub-Advisors
make   recommendations   regarding  the  investment  and   reinvestment  of  the
Portfolios'  assets.  The  Sub-Advisors  furnish to Wells  Fargo  Bank  periodic
reports on the  investment  activity  and  performance  of the  Portfolios.  The
Sub-Advisors also furnish such additional reports and information as Wells Fargo
Bank and the Trust's Board of Trustees and officers may reasonably request.

         An Investment Subadvisory Agreement (the "Subadvisory Agreement") for a
Portfolio  will  remain in effect for a period of two years from the date of its
effectiveness  and thereafter  shall continue for  successive  one-year  periods
provided such  continuance  is  specifically  approved at least  annually by the
Board or by vote of the Interest holders of the Portfolio,  and, in either case,
by a majority of the Trustees  who are not parties to the Advisory  Agreement or
interested  persons of any such party  (other than as trustees of the Trust).  A
Portfolio's  Subadvisory Agreement is terminable without penalty by the Board or
a majority of the  outstanding  voting  securities  of the  Portfolio  or by the
Advisor or  Subadvisor  on 60 days'  written  notice to the other party and will
automatically terminate in the event of its assignment.

         As  compensation  for  sub-advisory  services to the  Portfolios,  WCM,
Galliard,  Peregrine,  Smith and  Schroder  are each  entitled  to  receive  the
following fees:
<TABLE>
<S>                           <C>                   <C>

------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
Core Portfolio                 Sub-Advisor           Fees
------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
Disciplined Growth             Smith                     0-175M      0.35%
                                                     175-225M        0%
                                                     225-500M        0.25%
                                                           >500M     0.20%
------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
Equity Income                  WCM                       0-200M      0.25%
                                                     200-400M        0.20%
                                                           >400M     0.15%
------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
Index                          WCM                        0-200M     0.02%
                                                           >200M    0.01%
------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
International                  Schroder                  0-100M      0.45%
                                                     100-200M        0.35%
                                                     200-600M        0.20%
                                                           >600M     0.185%
------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
International Equity           WCM                       0-200M      0.35%
                                                     200-400M        0.25%
                                                           >400M     0.15%
------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
Large Company                  Peregrine                   0-25M     0.75%
   Growth                                                25-50M      0.60%
                                                       50-275M       0.50%
                                                           >275M     0.30%
------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
Small Cap Index                WCM                        0-200M     0.02%
                                                          >200M      0.01%
------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
Small Cap Value                Smith                     0-110M      0.45%
                                                     110-150M        0%
                                                     150-300M        0.30%
                                                           >300M     0.25%
------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
Small Company                  Peregrine                   0-50M     0.90%
   Growth                                              50-180M       0.75%
                                                     180-340M        0.65%
                                                      340-685M       0.50%
                                                      685-735M       0.52%
                                                          >735M      0.55%
------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
Small Company                  Peregrine                0-200M       0.50%
   Value                                                   >200M     0.75%
------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
Managed Fixed                  Galliard                   0-100M     0.10%
   Income Portfolio                                   100-200M       0.08%
                                                          > 200M     0.06%
------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
Positive Return                Peregrine                    0-10M   0.40%
   Portfolio                                              10-25M    0.30%
                                                     25M-300M       0.20%
                                                            >300M   0.10%
------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
Strategic Value Bond           Galliard                   0-100M    0.13%
Portfolio                                             100-200M      0.10%
                                                          > 200M    0.08%
------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
Stable Income                  Galliard                0-1500M      0.04%
  Portfolio                                          1500-2000M     0.05%
                                                     2000-2500M     0.045%
                                                     2500-3000M     0.04%
                                                        > 3000M     0.03%
------------------------------ --------------------- -----------------------------------
</TABLE>

         Administrator.  The Trust has retained Wells Fargo as  Administrator on
behalf of each Portfolio. Under the Administration Agreement between Wells Fargo
and the Trust, Wells Fargo shall provide as administration services, among other
things: (i) general supervision of the Funds' operations, including coordination
of the  services  performed by each  Portfolio's  investment  advisor,  transfer
agent, custodian, shareholder servicing agent(s), independent auditors and legal
counsel,  regulatory  compliance,  including the  compilation of information for
documents such as reports to, and filings with, the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission  ("SEC") and state securities  commissions;  and preparation of proxy
statements  and  shareholder  reports  for  each  Portfolio;  and  (ii)  general
supervision  relative to the compilation of data required for the preparation of
periodic  reports  distributed  to the Trust's  officers  and Board of Trustees.
Wells Fargo also  furnish  office  space and  certain  facilities  required  for
conducting  the  Portfolios'   business  together  with  ordinary  clerical  and
bookkeeping   services.   The  Administrator  is  not  entitled  to  receive  an
administration  fee  as  long  as it  receives  an  administration  fee  at  the
underlying fund level.

         The Table below shows the dollar amount of administrative  fees paid as
a percentage of daily net assets by each Portfolio. This information is provided
for the  past  three  years  or such  shorter  terms  as a  Portfolio  has  been
operational.

ADMINISTRATIVE FEES

                                    Fee Paid

         Disciplined Growth Portfolio
              Period ended September 30, 1999                    $     34,593
              Year ended May 31, 1999                            $       2,447
         Equity Income Portfolio
              Period ended September 30, 1999                    $   425,895
              Year ended May 31, 1999                            $   633,095
              Year ended May 31, 1998                            $       4,389
         Index Portfolio
              Period ended September 30, 1999                    $   283,098
              Year ended May 31, 1999                            $       4,436
              Year ended May 31, 1998                            $       3,746
              Year ended May 31, 1997                            $   230,874
         International Portfolio
              Period ended September 30, 1999                    $   407,732
              Year ended May 31, 1999                            $1,312,586
              Year ended May 31, 1998                            $1,209,182
              Year ended May 31, 1997                            $   129,534
         International Equity Portfolio
              Period ended September 30, 1999                    $     26,349
              Year ended May 31, 1999                            $          0
         Large Company Growth Portfolio
              Period ended September 30, 1999                    $   339,848
              Year ended May 31, 1999                            $   558,368
              Year ended May 31, 1998                            $       4,845
         Small Cap Index Portfolio
              Period ended September 30, 1999                    $     22,994
              Year ended May 31, 1999                            $       5,702
              Year ended May 31, 1998                            $       5,562
         Small Cap Value Portfolio
              Period ended September 30, 1999                    $     22,764
              Year ended May 31, 1999                            $       2,817
         Small Company Growth Portfolio
              Period ended September 30, 1999                    $   117,563
              Year ended May 31, 1999                            $   363,979
              Year ended May 31, 1998                            $       7,015
         Small Company Value Portfolio
              Period ended September 30, 1999                    $     26,269
              Year ended May 31, 1999                            $       3,557
              Year ended May 31, 1998                            $       5,167
         Managed Fixed Income Portfolio
              Year ended May 31, 2000                            $     96,373
              Year ended May 31, 1999                            $       2,742
              Year ended May 31, 1998                            $       2,056
         Positive Return Bond Portfolio
              Year ended May 31, 2000                            $     64,212
              Year ended May 31, 1999                            $       2,472
              Year ended May 31, 1998                            $       2,625
         Stable Income Portfolio
              Year ended May 31, 2000                            $     71,543
              Year ended May 31, 1999                            $       2,010
              Year ended May 31, 1998                            $       3,758
         Strategic Value Bond Portfolio
              Year ended May 31, 2000                            $     53,358
              Year ended May 31, 1999                            $       2,334

         Custodian. Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, N.A. ("Wells Fargo MN"), located
at Norwest Center,  6th and Marquette,  Minneapolis,  Minnesota  55479,  acts as
Custodian for each  Portfolio.  The Custodian,  among other things,  maintains a
custody account or accounts in the name of each Portfolio, receives and delivers
all assets for each Portfolio upon purchase and upon sale or maturity,  collects
and receives all income and other payments and  distributions  on account of the
assets of each  Portfolio,  and pays all  expenses  of each  Portfolio.  For its
services as  Custodian,  Wells Fargo MN is entitled to receive a fee of 0.02% of
the average  daily net assets of each  Portfolio  except the  International  and
International Equity Portfolios, for which it will receive a fee of 0.25% of the
average daily net assets on a annualized basis.

         Fund Accountant.  Forum Accounting Services, LLC ("Forum Accounting"),
located at Two Portland Square, Portland, Maine 04101, serves as Fund Accountant
for the Portfolios.  Forum Accounting served as the Accountant for the
predecessor Norwest Portfolios.

         For its services as Accountant, Forum Accounting is entitled to receive
a monthly base fee per  Portfolio  ranging from $4,667 to $6,333 for  Portfolios
with significant holdings of asset-backed  securities.  Forum Accounting is also
entitled  to  receive a fee equal to  0.0025% of the  average  annual  daily net
assets of each Portfolio.

         Code of Ethics.  The Fund Complex,  the Advisor,  the  Sub-Advisors and
Stephens each have adopted a code of ethics which contains  policies on personal
securities transactions by "access persons." These policies substantially comply
in all material respects with the amendments to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act as
set forth in the August 20, 1999 Adopting  Release.  Each code of ethics,  among
other things, permits access persons to invest in certain securities, subject to
various  restrictions and requirements.  More specifically,  each code of ethics
either  prohibits its access persons from purchasing or selling  securities that
may be purchased or held by a Fund or permits such access persons to purchase or
sell such securities, subject to certain restrictions. For purposes of a code of
ethics,  an access person means (i) a director,  trustee or officer of a fund or
investment  adviser;  (ii) any employee of a fund or investment  adviser (or any
company in a control  relationship  to a fund or  investment  adviser)  who,  in
connection makes,  participates in, or obtains information about the purchase or
sale of  securities by a fund,  or whose  functions  relate to the making of any
recommendations  with respect to the  purchases or sales;  and (iii) any natural
person in a control  relationship  to a fund or  investment  adviser who obtains
information concerning  recommendations made to a fund regarding the purchase or
sale of  securities.  Portfolio  managers  and other  persons  who assist in the
investment   process  are  subject  to   additional   restrictions.   The  above
restrictions  do not apply to purchases or sales of certain types of securities,
including  mutual  fund  shares,  money  market  instruments  and  certain  U.S.
Government securities. To facilitate enforcement,  the codes of ethics generally
require that an access person, other than "disinterested" directors or trustees,
submit  reports  to  a  designated  compliance  person  regarding   transactions
involving  securities  which are eligible  for purchase by a Fund.  The codes of
ethics for the Fund Complex,  Advisor,  Sub-Advisors  and Stephens are on public
file with, and are available from, the SEC.

         Counsel:  Morrison & Foerster LLP serves as legal counsel to the Trust
and the Portfolios.  The firm's address is 2000 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.,
Suite 5500, Washington, D.C.  20006-1812.

ITEM 16.  BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES.

         The Trust has no obligation to deal with any dealer or group of dealers
in the execution of  transactions in portfolio  securities.  Subject to policies
established  by the Trust's Board of Trustees,  Wells Fargo is  responsible  for
each Portfolio's investment decisions and the placing of portfolio transactions.
In placing  orders,  it is the  policy of the Trust to obtain  the best  results
taking into account the dealer's general  execution and operational  facilities,
the type of transaction  involved and other factors such as the dealer's risk in
positioning  the securities  involved.  While Wells Fargo Bank  generally  seeks
reasonably   competitive  spreads  or  commissions,   the  Portfolios  will  not
necessarily be paying the lowest spread or commission available.

         Purchases and sales of equity  securities on a securities  exchange are
effected through brokers who charge a negotiated  commission for their services.
Orders may be directed to any broker including,  to the extent and in the manner
permitted by  applicable  law,  Stephens or Wells Fargo  Securities  Inc. In the
over-the-counter  market,  securities are generally traded on a "net" basis with
dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated  commission,
although the price of the security usually  includes a profit to the dealer.  In
underwritten offerings,  securities are purchased at a fixed price that includes
an amount of  compensation  to the  underwriter,  generally  referred  to as the
underwriter's concession or discount.

         Purchases and sales of non-equity  securities usually will be principal
transactions. Portfolio securities normally will be purchased or sold from or to
dealers serving as market makers for the securities at a net price.  Each of the
Portfolios also will purchase portfolio securities in underwritten offerings and
may  purchase  securities  directly  from  the  issuer.   Generally,   municipal
obligations and taxable money market securities are traded on a net basis and do
not  involve  brokerage  commissions.   The  cost  of  executing  a  Portfolio's
securities   transactions   will  consist   primarily  of  dealer   spreads  and
underwriting commissions.  Under the 1940 Act, persons affiliated with the Trust
are  prohibited  from  dealing with the Trust as a principal in the purchase and
sale of  securities  unless an exemptive  order  allowing such  transactions  is
obtained form the SEC or an exemption is otherwise available.  The Portfolio may
purchase  securities  form  underwriting  syndicates of which  Stephens or Wells
Fargo is a member under certain conditions in accordance with the provision of a
rule adopted under the 1940 Act and in compliance with procedures adopted by the
Board of Trustees.

         In  placing  orders  for  securities  of a  Portfolio,  Wells  Fargo is
required to give primary consideration to obtaining the most favorable price and
efficient  execution.  This  means that  Wells  Fargo will seek to execute  each
transaction at a price and  commission,  if any, that provide the most favorable
total cost or proceeds  reasonably  attainable in the circumstances.  Commission
rates are  established  pursuant to  negotiations  with the broker  based on the
quality and quantity of execution  services  provided by the broker in the light
of generally  prevailing  rates.  The allocation of orders among brokers and the
commission rates paid are reviewed periodically by the Board of Trustees.

         Wells Fargo, as the Investment Advisor of each of the Portfolios,  may,
in  circumstances  in  which  two or more  dealers  are in a  position  to offer
comparable results for a Portfolio investment transaction,  give preference to a
dealer that has provided  statistical or other research services to Wells Fargo.
By allocating transactions in this manner, Wells Fargo is able to supplement its
research  and  analysis  with the views and  information  of  securities  firms.
Information so received will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services
required to be performed by Wells Fargo under the  Advisory  Contracts,  and the
expenses  of Wells  Fargo  will not  necessarily  be  reduced as a result of the
receipt  of  this  supplemental  research  information.   Furthermore,  research
services  furnished  by dealers  through  which  Wells Fargo  places  securities
transactions  for a Portfolio  may be used by Wells Fargo in servicing its other
accounts, and not all of these services may be used by Wells Fargo in connection
with advising the Portfolios.

         Portfolio  Turnover.  The  portfolio  turnover  rate is not a  limiting
factor when Wells Fargo Bank deems portfolio changes appropriate. Changes may be
made in the portfolios consistent with the investment objectives and policies of
the Portfolios whenever such changes are believed to be in the best interests of
the  Portfolios  and their  Interest  holders.  The  portfolio  turnover rate is
calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio  securities
by the average  monthly  value of the  Portfolio's  investment  securities.  For
purposes of this calculation, portfolio securities exclude all securities having
a maturity  when  purchased of one year or less.  Portfolio  turnover  generally
involves some expenses to the  Portfolios,  including  brokerage  commissions or
dealer  mark-ups and other  transaction  costs on the sale of securities and the
reinvestment  in  other  securities.   Portfolio   turnover  also  can  generate
short-term  capital  gain tax  consequences.  Portfolio  turnover  rate is not a
limiting factor when Wells Fargo deems portfolio changes appropriate.


         From time to time,  Wells  Fargo and  Stephens  may waive fees from the
Portfolio  in whole or in  part.  Any such  waiver  will  reduce  expenses  and,
accordingly, have a favorable impact on the Portfolio's performance.

ITEM 17.  CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES.

DESCRIPTION OF INTERESTS

         Under the  Declaration  of Trust,  the Trustees are authorized to issue
Interests  in one or more  separate  and distinct  series.  Investments  in each
Portfolio have no preference,  preemptive,  conversion or similar rights and are
fully paid and  nonassessable,  except as set forth  below.  Each  investor in a
Portfolio is entitled to a vote in  proportion  to the amount of its  investment
therein.  Investors  in  the  Portfolios  will  all  vote  together  in  certain
circumstances (e.g.,  election of the Trustees and ratification of auditors,  as
required by the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder). One or more Portfolios could
control the outcome of these  votes.  Investors  do not have  cumulative  voting
rights,  and investors  holding more than 50% of the aggregate  interests in the
Trust or in a  Portfolio,  as the case may be, may control the outcome of votes.
The Trust is not required and has no current  intention to hold annual  meetings
of investors,  but the Trust will hold special  meetings of investors when (1) a
majority of the Trustees  determines to do so or (2) investors  holding at least
10% of the interests in the Trust (or a Portfolio)  request in writing a meeting
of  investors  in  the  Trust  (or   Portfolio).   Except  for  certain  matters
specifically  described  in the  Declaration  Trust,  the Trustees may amend the
Trust's Declaration of Trust without the vote of Interest holders.

         The  Trust,  with  respect to a  Portfolio,  may enter into a merger or
consolidation,  or sell all or substantially  all of its assets,  if approved by
the Trust's  Board.  A Portfolio  may be  terminated  (1) upon  liquidation  and
distribution  of its  assets,  if  approved  by the  vote of a  majority  of the
Portfolio's outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) or (2) by
the Trustees on written notice to the Portfolio's investors. Upon liquidation or
dissolution of any Portfolio,  the investors  therein would be entitled to share
pro rata in its net assets available for distribution to investors.

         The Trust is organized as a business  trust under the laws of the State
of Delaware.  The Trust's  Interest  holders are not  personally  liable for the
obligations  of the Trust under  Delaware law. The Delaware  Business  Trust Act
provides that an Interest holder of a Delaware  business trust shall be entitled
to the  same  limitation  of  liability  extended  to  shareholders  of  private
corporations  for  profit.  However,  no similar  statutory  or other  authority
limiting  business trust Interest holder  liability exists in many other states,
including Texas. As a result, to the extent that the Trust or an Interest holder
is subject to the  jurisdiction  of courts in those  states,  the courts may not
apply  Delaware law, and may thereby  subject the Trust to  liability.  To guard
against this risk,  the Trust  Instrument of the Trust  disclaims  liability for
acts or obligations of the Trust and requires that notice of such  disclaimer be
given in each agreement,  obligation and instrument entered into by the Trust or
its  Trustees,  and provides for  indemnification  out of Trust  property of any
Interest holder held personally  liable for the obligations of the Trust.  Thus,
the risk of an Interest  holder  incurring  financial loss beyond his investment
because of  shareholder  liability  is limited to  circumstances  in which (1) a
court refuses to apply Delaware law, (2) no contractual  limitation of liability
is in effect, and (3) the Trust itself is unable to meet its obligations.

ITEM 18.   PURCHASE, REDEMPTION, AND PRICING OF SHARES

         Beneficial  Interests  in the  Portfolios  are  issued  by the Trust in
private placement  transactions  which do not involve a "public offering" within
the meaning of Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act.  Investments  in the Portfolios may
only be made by investment  companies or other  entities  which are  "accredited
investors" within the meaning of Regulation D under the 1933 Act.

         In addition to cash  purchases of Interests,  if accepted by the Trust,
investments  in Beneficial  Interests of a Portfolio may be made in exchange for
securities  which are eligible for purchase by the Portfolio and consistent with
the  Portfolio's  investment  objective  and policies as described in Part A. In
connection with an in-kind securities  payment,  a Portfolio may require,  among
other  things,  that the  securities  (i) be  valued on the day of  purchase  in
accordance with the pricing methods used by the Portfolio;  (ii) are accompanied
by satisfactory assurance that the Portfolio will have good and marketable title
to such  securities  received by it;  (iii) are not subject to any  restrictions
upon  resale  by the  Portfolio;  (iv) be in  proper  form for  transfer  to the
Portfolio;  and (v) are accompanied by adequate information concerning the basis
and other tax  matters  relating to the  securities.  All  dividends,  interest,
subscription  or other rights  pertaining  to such  securities  shall become the
property of the Portfolio  engaged in the in-kind purchase  transaction and must
be  delivered to such  Portfolio  by the investor  upon receipt from the issuer.
Securities  acquired through an in-kind purchase will be acquired for investment
and not for  immediate  resale.  Shares  purchased  in exchange  for  securities
generally cannot be redeemed until the transfer has settled.

         In 1994, the Commission  granted an exemptive order which permitted CT,
certain  Norwest  Advantage  funds  and  other  open-end  management  investment
companies  or their  separate  series for which  Norwest  Bank  Minnesota,  N.A.
("Norwest")  (or any person  controlled by,  controlling or under common control
with Norwest) acts as investment adviser to invest in the core portfolios of CT.
The original exemptive order, which imposed several substantive  conditions upon
CT and Norwest  Advantage funds, was amended effective August 6, 1996, to permit
any  Norwest  Advantage  fund to invest  all or a portion  of its assets in a CT
portfolio,   irrespective  of  investment   style,  and  which  removed  certain
restrictions  imposed on CT thereby  permitting  CT to accept  investments  from
persons  other than Norwest  Advantage  funds.  The  exemptive  order remains in
effect for the successor entities to these parties.

         The  Trust is  required  to  redeem  all full and  fractional  units of
Interests in the Trust.  The redemption price is the net asset value per unit of
each Portfolio next  determined  after receipt by the Portfolio of a request for
redemption in proper form.

         The Trustees may specify conditions,  prices, and places of redemption,
and may specify  binding  requirements  for the proper form or forms of requests
for  redemption.  Payment  of the  redemption  price  may be wholly or partly in
securities  or other  assets at the value of such  securities  or assets used in
such  determination  of  Net  Asset  Value  ("NAV"),  or may  be in  cash.  Upon
redemption,  Interests  shall not be cancelled  and may be reissued from time to
time.  The  Trustees  may require  Interest  holders to redeem  Interest for any
reason  under  terms set by the  Trustees,  including  the failure of a Interest
holder to supply a personal  identification  number if  required to do so, or to
have the minimum  investment  required,  or to pay when due for the  purchase of
Interest issued to him. To the extent  permitted by law, the Trustees may retain
the  proceeds of any  redemption  of  Interests  required by them for payment of
amount due and owing by a  Interest  holder to the Trust or any Series or Class.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Trustees  may  postpone  payment  of  the
redemption  price and may suspend the right of the  Interest  holders to require
any  Series or Class to redeem  Interests  during any period of time when and to
the extent permissible under the 1940 Act.

         If the Trustees  postpone  payment of the redemption  price and suspend
the right of Interest holders to redeem their  Interests,  such suspension shall
take effect at the time the Trustees shall specify, but not later than the close
of business on the business day next  following the  declaration  of suspension.
Thereafter  Interest  holders shall have no right of redemption or payment until
the Trustees  declare the end of the  suspension.  If the right of redemption is
suspended,  an  Interest  holder  may either  withdraw  his or her  request  for
redemption  or receive  payment  based on the NAV per Interest  next  determined
after the suspension-terminates.

         If the Trustees shall  determine  that direct or indirect  ownership of
Interests of any  Portfolio has become  concentrated  in any person to an extent
that would disqualify any Portfolio as a regulated  investment company under the
Internal  Revenue  Code,  then the  Trustees  shall  have the power (but not the
obligation) by lot or other means they deem equitable to (a) call for redemption
by any such person of a number, or a principal  amount, of Interests  sufficient
to  maintain  or bring the  direct  or  indirect  ownership  of  Interests  into
conformity  with the  requirements  for such  qualification,  and (b)  refuse to
transfer  or issue  shares to any  person  whose  acquisition  of  Interests  in
question would, in the Trustee's judgment, result in such disqualification.  Any
such  redemption  shall be  effected at the  redemption  price and in the manner
described above.  Interest holders shall upon demand disclose to the Trustees in
writing such information  concerning direct and indirect  ownership of Interests
as the Trustees  deem  necessary to comply with the  requirements  of any taxing
authority.

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

         NAV is determined as of the close of regular  trading  (currently  1:00
p.m.  Pacific  time/3:00  p.m.  Central  time) on each  day the New  York  Stock
Exchange ("NYSE") is open for business.  Expenses and fees,  including  Advisory
fees,  are  accrued  daily  and  are  taken  into  account  for the  purpose  of
determining the NAV of the Portfolios' Interests.

         Securities of a Portfolio for which market quotations are available are
valued at latest  prices.  Any  security  for  which  the  primary  market is an
exchange  is  valued  at the  last  sale  price on such  exchange  on the day of
valuation  or, if there was no sale on such day,  the latest bid price quoted on
such day. If the values reported on a foreign  exchange are materially  affected
by events  occurring  after the close of the  foreign  exchange,  assets  may be
valued by a method that the Board of Trustees believes  accurately reflects fair
value. In the case of other securities, including U.S. Government Securities but
excluding money market  instruments  maturing in 60 days or less, the valuations
are based on  latest  quoted  bid  prices.  Money  market  instruments  and debt
securities  maturing in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost. The assets
of a Portfolio , other than money market instruments or debt securities maturing
in 60 days or less,  are valued at latest quoted bid prices.  Futures  contracts
will be marked to market daily at their respective  settlement prices determined
by the relevant  exchange.  Prices may be  furnished by a reputable  independent
pricing service approved by the Trust's Board of Trustees. Prices provided by an
independent  pricing  service may be determined  without  exclusive  reliance on
quoted   prices  and  may  take  into  account   appropriate   factors  such  as
institutional-size  trading in similar  groups of  securities,  yield,  quality,
coupon rate, maturity,  type of issue, trading  characteristics and other market
data.  All other  securities  and other assets of a Portfolio  for which current
market  quotations  are not  readily  available  are  valued  at fair  value  as
determined in good faith by the Trust's Board of Trustees and in accordance with
procedures adopted by the Trustees.


ITEM 19. TAXATION.

         The Trust is organized as a business  trust under  Delaware law.  Under
the Trust's  current  classification  for  federal  income tax  purposes,  it is
intended  that  each  Portfolio  will  be  treated  as  a  non-publicly   traded
partnership for such purposes and,  therefore such Portfolio will not be subject
to any federal income tax. However, each investor in a Portfolio will be taxable
on its share (as determined in accordance with the governing  instruments of the
Trust) of such  Portfolio's  income and gains in determining  its federal income
tax liability.  The  determination of such share will be made in accordance with
the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended (the  "Code"),  and  regulations
promulgated thereunder.

         The Trust's taxable year-end is the last day of May. Although the Trust
will not be subject to federal  income  tax,  it will file  appropriate  federal
income tax returns.

         It is intended that each Portfolio's  assets,  income and distributions
will be  managed  in such a way that an  entity  electing  and  qualifying  as a
"regulated  investment  company"  under the Code can  continue  to so qualify by
investing substantially all of its assets through a Portfolio, provided that the
regulated investment company meets other requirements for such qualification not
within the  control of the  Portfolio  (e.g.,  distributing  at least 90% of the
regulated investment company's "investment company taxable income" annually).

ITEM 20. UNDERWRITERS.

         Stephens Inc. (the "Placement Agent") is the exclusive  placement agent
for the Interests in the Portfolios.  Pursuant to a Placement Agency  Agreement,
the Placement Agent, as agent, sells Interests in the Portfolios on a continuous
basis and  transmits  purchase  and  redemption  orders  that it receives to the
Trust.

         The Placement  Agency  Agreement  will continue year to year as long as
such  continuance is approved at least annually in accordance  with the 1940 Act
and the rules  thereunder.  This agreement shall terminate  automatically in the
event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act). This agreement may, in any
event,  be  terminated at any time,  without the payment of any penalty,  by the
Trust upon 60 days' written  notice to the  Placement  Agent or by the Placement
Agent at any time after the second  anniversary  of the  effective  date of this
agreement on 60 days' written notice to the Trust.

ITEM 21.  CALCULATION OF PERFORMANCE DATA.

         Not applicable.

ITEM 22. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

         KPMG LLP has been selected as the  independent  auditors for the Trust.
KPMG LLP provides  audit  services,  tax return  preparation  and assistance and
consultation  in  connection  with  review of certain  SEC  filings.  KPMG LLP's
address is Three Embarcadero Center, San Francisco, California 94111.

         The annual reports,  including the independent auditors' report for the
fiscal period ended September 30, 1999, which includes the financial  statements
for the equity portfolios of the predecessor Core Trust (Delaware),  and for the
fiscal  year ended May 31,  2000 for the  income  portfolios  of the Trust,  are
incorporated herein by reference.



<PAGE>



                                                    A-5
1
                                                    A-1
dc-1540031
                                   SCHEDULE A

                             DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS

         The  following  summarizes  the highest six ratings  used by Standard &
Poor's  Corporation  ("S&P") for corporate and municipal  bonds.  The first four
ratings denote investment-grade securities.

             AAA -  This  is  the  highest  rating  assigned  by  S&P  to a debt
         obligation and indicates an extremely  strong  capacity to pay interest
         and repay principal.

             AA - Debt rated AA is considered to have a very strong  capacity to
         pay interest and repay  principal and differs from AAA issues only in a
         small degree.

             A - Debt rated A has a strong  capacity to pay  interest  and repay
         principal  although  it is  somewhat  more  susceptible  to the adverse
         effects of changes in circumstances  and economic  conditions than debt
         in higher-rated categories.

             BBB - Debt rated BBB is regarded as having an adequate  capacity to
         pay interest and repay principal. Whereas it normally exhibits adequate
         protection   parameters,   adverse  economic   conditions  or  changing
         circumstances  are more  likely to lead to a weakened  capacity  to pay
         interest and repay  principal  for debt in this category than for those
         in higher-rated categories.

             BB,  B -  Bonds  rated  BB  and  B  are  regarded,  on  balance  as
         predominantly  speculative with respect to capacity to pay interest and
         repay principal in accordance  with the terms of the  obligation.  Debt
         rated  BB has  less  near-term  vulnerability  to  default  than  other
         speculative issues.  However,  it faces major ongoing  uncertainties or
         exposure to adverse business,  financial,  or economic conditions which
         could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal
         payments.  Debt  rated B has a greater  vulnerability  to  default  but
         currently  has the capacity to meet  interest  payments  and  principal
         repayments.  Adverse business,  financial,  or economic conditions will
         likely  impair  capacity  or  willingness  to pay  interest  and  repay
         principal.

         To provide more detailed  indications of credit quality,  the AA, A and
BBB, BB and B ratings may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to
show relative standing within these major rating categories.

         The  following  summarizes  the  highest  six  ratings  used by Moody's
Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") for corporate and municipal bonds. The first
four denote investment grade securities.

             Aaa - Bonds  that  are  rated  Aaa  are  judged  to be of the  best
      quality.  They  carry  the  smallest  degree  of  investment  risk and are
      generally referred to as "gilt edge." Interest payments are protected by a
      large or by an exceptionally  stable margin and principal is secure. While
      the various protective  elements are likely to change, such changes as can
      be  visualized  are most  unlikely  to  impair  the  Fundamentally  strong
      position of such issues.

             Aa - Bonds  that are rated Aa are  judged to be of high  quality by
      all  standards.  Together  with  the Aaa  group  they  comprise  what  are
      generally  known as high grade  bonds.  They are rated lower than the best
      bonds  because  margins  of  protection  may  not  be as  large  as in Aaa
      securities  or  fluctuation  of  protective  elements  may  be of  greater
      amplitude or there may be other elements  present which make the long-term
      risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

             A - Bonds  that  are  rated A  possess  many  favorable  investment
      attributes  and  are to be  considered  upper  medium  grade  obligations.
      Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate,
      but elements may be present which suggest a  susceptibility  to impairment
      sometime in the future.

             Baa -  Bonds  that  are  rated  Baa  are  considered  medium  grade
      obligations,  i.e., they are neither highly  protected nor poorly secured.
      Interest  payments and principal  security appear adequate for the present
      but   certain   protective   elements   may   be   lacking   or   may   be
      characteristically  unreliable  over any great length of time.  Such bonds
      lack outstanding  investment  characteristics and in fact have speculative
      characteristics as well.

             Ba - Bonds  that  are  rated  Ba are  judged  to  have  speculative
      elements;  their future cannot be  considered  as well assured.  Often the
      protection  of interest and  principal  payments may be very  moderate and
      thereby not as well safeguarded  during both good times and bad times over
      the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.

             B - Bond that are rated B  generally  lack  characteristics  of the
      desirable  investment.  Assurance of interest and principal payments or of
      maintenance  of other terms of the  contract  over any long period of time
      may be small.

         Moody's  applies  numerical  modifiers  (1,  2 and 3) with  respect  to
corporate bonds rated Aa through B. The modifier 1 indicates that the bond being
rated ranks in the higher end of its generic  rating  category;  the  modifier 2
indicates a mid-range ranking;  and the modifier 3 indicates that the bond ranks
in the lower end of its generic rating category. With regard to municipal bonds,
those  bonds in the Aa, A and Baa groups  which  Moody's  believes  possess  the
strongest  investment  attributes are designated by the symbols Aal, A1 or Baal,
respectively.

         The following summarizes the highest four ratings used by Duff & Phelps
Credit Rating Co.  ("D&P") for bonds,  each of which denotes that the securities
are investment grade.

             AAA - Bonds that are rated AAA are of the highest  credit  quality.
      The risk factors are considered to be negligible, being only slightly more
      than for risk-free U.S. Treasury debt.

             AA - Bonds that are rated AA are of high credit quality. Protection
      factors are strong. Risk is modest but may vary slightly from time to time
      because of economic conditions.

             A - Bonds  that  are  rated A have  protection  factors  which  are
      average but  adequate.  However risk factors are more variable and greater
      in periods of economic stress.

             BBB - Bonds  that are  rated  BBB  have  below  average  protection
      factors  but still  are  considered  sufficient  for  prudent  investment.
      Considerable variability in risk exists during economic cycles.

         To provide more detailed  indications of credit quality,  the AA, A and
BBB  ratings  may  modified  by the  addition  of a plus or  minus  sign to show
relative standing within these major categories.

         The  following  summarizes  the  highest  four  ratings  used by  Fitch
Investors  Service,  Inc.  ("Fitch")  for bonds,  each of which denotes that the
securities are investment grade:

             AAA - Bonds  considered to be  investment  grade and of the highest
      credit  quality.  The obligor has an  exceptionally  strong ability to pay
      interest  and  repay  principal,  which  is  unlikely  to be  affected  by
      reasonably foreseeable events.

             AA - Bonds  considered  to be  investment  grade  and of very  high
      credit quality.  The obligor's ability to pay interest and repay principal
      is very strong,  although not quite as strong as bonds rated AAA.  Because
      bonds rated in the AAA and AA categories are not significantly  vulnerable
      to foreseeable  future  developments,  short-term debt of these issuers is
      generally rated F-1+.

             A - Bonds  considered  to be  investment  grade and of high  credit
      quality.  The  obligor's  ability to pay interest  and repay  principal is
      considered to be strong,  but may be more vulnerable to adverse changes in
      economic conditions and circumstances than bonds with higher ratings.

             BBB - Bonds  considered to be investment  grade and of satisfactory
      credit quality.  The obligor's ability to pay interest and repay principal
      is considered to be adequate.  Adverse changes in economic  conditions and
      circumstances,  however,  are more likely to have adverse  impact on these
      bonds,  and  therefore  impair timely  payment.  The  likelihood  that the
      ratings of these bonds will fall below investment grade is higher than for
      bonds with higher ratings.

         To provide more detailed  indications of credit quality,  the AA, A and
BBB  ratings  may be  modified  by the  addition of a plus or minus sign to show
relative standing within these major rating categories.

         The following  summarizes  the two highest  ratings used by Moody's for
short-term municipal notes and variable-rate demand obligations:

         MIG-1/VMIG-1 -- Obligations  bearing these designations are of the best
quality,  enjoying  strong  protection  from  established  cash flows,  superior
liquidity  support  or  demonstrated   broad-based  access  to  the  market  for
refinancing.

         MIG-2/VMIG-2  --  Obligations  bearing these  designations  are of high
quality,  with  ample  margins  of  protection  although  not so large as in the
preceding group.

         The  following  summarizes  the  two  highest  ratings  used by S&P for
short-term municipal notes:

         SP-1 - Indicates  very strong or strong  capacity to pay  principal and
interest. Those issues determined to possess overwhelming safety characteristics
are given a "plus" (+) designation.

         SP-2 - Indicates satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest.

         The three highest rating categories of D&P for short-term debt, each of
which denotes that the securities are investment  grade,  are D-1, D-2, and D-3.
D&P employs three  designations,  D-1+, D-1 and D-1-,  within the highest rating
category.  D-1+  indicates  highest  certainty  of  timely  payment.  Short-term
liquidity,  including  internal  operating  factors and/or access to alternative
sources of Master Portfolios,  is judged to be "outstanding,  and safety is just
below risk-free U.S. Treasury  short-term  obligations." D-1 indicates very high
certainty of timely  payment.  Liquidity  factors are excellent and supported by
good Fundamental  protection  factors.  Risk factors are considered to be minor.
D-1 indicates high certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are strong and
supported by good Fundamental  protection factors.  Risk factors are very small.
D-2 indicates good certainty of timely  payment.  Liquidity  factors and company
Fundamentals  are  sound.  Although  ongoing  funding  needs may  enlarge  total
financing  requirements,  access to capital  markets is good.  Risk  factors are
small. D-3 indicates  satisfactory  liquidity and other protection factors which
qualify the issue as  investment  grade.  Risk factors are larger and subject to
more variation. Nevertheless, timely payment is expected.

         The following  summarizes  the two highest  rating  categories  used by
Fitch for short-term  obligations  each of which denotes that the securities are
investment grade:

         F-1+ securities  possess  exceptionally  strong credit quality.  Issues
assigned  this rating are regarded as having the  strongest  degree of assurance
for timely payment.

         F-1 securities possess very strong credit quality. Issues assigned this
rating  reflect an assurance of timely payment only slightly less in degree than
issues rated F-1+.

         F-2 securities possess good credit quality. Issues carrying this rating
have a satisfactory  degree of assurance for timely  payment,  but the margin of
safety is not as great as for issues assigned the F-1+ and F-1 ratings.

         Commercial  paper rated A-1 by S&P indicates  that the degree of safety
regarding timely payment is strong. Those issues determined to possess extremely
strong safety  characteristics  are denoted A-1+. Capacity for timely payment on
commercial paper rated A-2 is satisfactory, but the relative degree of safety is
not as high as for issues designated A-1.

         The rating Prime-1 is the highest  commercial  paper rating assigned by
Moody's.   Issuers  rated  Prime-1  (or  related  supporting  institutions)  are
considered  to have a  superior  capacity  for  repayment  of senior  short-term
promissory   obligations.   Issuers   rated   Prime-2  (or  related   supporting
institutions)  are considered to have a strong  capacity for repayment of senior
short-term  promissory  obligations.  This will normally be evidenced by many of
the characteristics of issuers rated Prime-1,  but to a lesser degree.  Earnings
trends and  coverage  ratios,  while sound,  will be more subject to  variation.
Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by
external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.

         For commercial  paper,  D&P uses the short-term debt ratings  described
above.

         For commercial paper,  Fitch uses the short-term debt ratings described
above.

         Thomson  BankWatch,   Inc.  ("BankWatch")  ratings  are  based  upon  a
qualitative  and  quantitative  analysis  of all  segments  of the  organization
including,  where  applicable,   holding  company  and  operating  subsidiaries.
BankWatch  ratings do not constitute a recommendation  to buy or sell securities
of  any of  these  companies.  Further,  BankWatch  does  not  suggest  specific
investment criteria for individual clients.

         BankWatch  long-term ratings apply to specific issues of long-term debt
and preferred stock. The long-term ratings specifically assess the likelihood of
untimely payment of principal or interest over the term to maturity of the rated
instrument.  The  following  are  the  four  investment  grade  ratings  used by
BankWatch for long-term debt:

             AAA - The highest  category;  indicates  ability to repay principal
and interest on a timely basis is extremely high.

             AA - The second highest  category;  indicates a very strong ability
      to repay principal and interest on a timely basis with limited incremental
      risk versus issues rated in the highest category.

             A - The third  highest  category;  indicates  the  ability to repay
      principal  and  interest  is  strong.  Issues  rated  "A"  could  be  more
      vulnerable  to adverse  developments  (both  internal and  external)  than
      obligations with higher ratings.

             BBB - The lowest investment grade category; indicates an acceptable
      capacity to repay principal and interest. Issues rated "BBB" are, however,
      more vulnerable to adverse  developments (both internal and external) than
      obligations with higher ratings.

             Long-term  debt ratings may include a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to
indicate where within a category the issue is placed.

         The  BankWatch  short-term  ratings apply to  commercial  paper,  other
senior short-term  obligations and deposit  obligations of the entities to which
the rating has been  assigned.  The BankWatch  short-term  ratings  specifically
assess the likelihood of an untimely payment of principal or interest.

             TBW-1         The   highest   category;   indicates   a  very  high
                           likelihood  that  principal and interest will be paid
                           on a timely basis.

             TBW-2         The  second  highest  category;  while the  degree of
                           safety  regarding  timely  repayment of principal and
                           interest is strong,  the relative degree of safety is
                           not as high as for issues rated "TBW-1".

             TBW-3         The lowest investment grade category;  indicates that
                           while more susceptible to adverse  developments (both
                           internal and external) than  obligations  with higher
                           ratings,  capacity to service  principal and interest
                           in a timely fashion is considered adequate.

             TBW-4 The  lowest  rating  category;  this  rating is  regarded  as
non-investment grade and therefore speculative.

         The following  summarizes the four highest  long-term debt ratings used
by IBCA Limited and its affiliate, IBCA Inc. (collectively "IBCA"):

             AAA -  Obligations  for which  there is the lowest  expectation  of
         investment  risk.  Capacity  for  timely  repayment  of  principal  and
         interest is substantial such that adverse changes in business, economic
         or  financial  conditions  are  unlikely  to increase  investment  risk
         significantly.

             AA -  Obligations  for  which  there is a very low  expectation  of
         investment  risk.  Capacity  for  timely  repayment  of  principal  and
         interest  is  substantial.  Adverse  changes in  business,  economic or
         financial  conditions  may  increase  investment  risk  albeit not very
         significantly.

             A - Obligations  for which there is a low expectation of investment
         risk.  Capacity  for timely  repayment  of  principal  and  interest is
         strong,  although  adverse  changes in business,  economic or financial
         conditions may lead to increased investment risk.

             BBB - Obligations for which there is currently a low expectation of
         investment  risk.  Capacity  for  timely  repayment  of  principal  and
         interest is adequate, although adverse changes in business, economic or
         financial  conditions  are more likely to lead to increased  investment
         risk than for obligations in other categories.

         A plus or minus sign may be  appended  to a rating  below AAA to denote
relative status within major rating categories.

      The following  summarizes the two highest  short-term debt ratings used by
IBCA:

             A1+ When issues possess a  particularly  strong credit  feature,  a
rating of A1+ is assigned.

             A1 -  Obligations  supported  by the  highest  capacity  for timely
repayment.

             A2 - Obligations supported by a good capacity for timely repayment.




<PAGE>


                                                    C-4
1
                                                    C-1
dc-1540031
                             WELLS FARGO CORE TRUST
                                File No. 811-9689

                                     PART C
                                OTHER INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<S>            <C>            <C>
Item 23.      Exhibits.

      Exhibit
      Number                                      Description

        (a)                   -  Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, incorporated by reference to the Registration
                                 Statement on
                                 Form N-1A, filed November 8, 1999.

        (b)                   -  Not applicable.

        (c)                   -  Not applicable.

        (d)(1)                -  Investment Advisory Contract with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., incorporated by reference to the
                                 Registration
                                 Statement on Form N-1A, filed November 8, 1999.

           (2)(i)             -  Sub-Advisory Contract with Wells Capital Management, Inc., incorporated by reference to the
                                 Registration
                                 Statement on Form N-1A, filed November 8, 1999.

                (ii)          -  Sub-Advisory Contract with Galliard Capital Management, Inc., incorporated by reference to the
                                 Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed November 8, 1999.

                (iii)         -  Sub-Advisory Contract with Schroder Investment Management, Inc., incorporated by reference to the
                                 Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed November 8, 1999.

                (iv)          -  Sub-Advisory Contract with Smith Asset Management, L.P., incorporated by reference to the
                                 Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed November 8, 1999.

                (v)           -  Sub-Advisory Contract with Peregrine Capital Management, Inc., incorporated by reference to the
                                 Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed November 8, 1999.

        (e)                   -  Not applicable pursuant to General Instruction (B)(2)(b).

        (f)                   -  Not applicable.

        (g)                   -  Custody Agreement with Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A., incorporated by reference to the Registration
                                 Statement on Form N-1A, filed November 8, 1999.

        (h)(1)                -  Administration Agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., incorporated by reference to the Registration
                                 Statement on Form N-1A, filed November 8, 1999.

            (2)               -  Placement Agency Agreement with Stephens, Inc., incorporated by reference to the Registration
                                 Statement on Form N-1A, filed November 8, 1999.

            (3)               -  Fund Accounting Agreement with Forum Accounting Services, LLC, incorporated by reference to the
                                 Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed November 8, 1999.

        (i)                   -  Not applicable, pursuant to General Instruction (B)(2)(b).

        (j)                   -  Not applicable, pursuant to General Instruction (B)(2)(b).

        (k)                   -  Not applicable, pursuant to General Instruction (B)(2)(b).

        (l)                   -  Not applicable.

        (m)                   -  Not applicable.

        (n)                   -  Rule 18f-3 Plan, incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, filed
                                 November 8, 1999.

        (p)(1)                -  Joint Code of Ethics for Funds Trust, Core Trust and Variable Trust, filed herewith.

            (2)               -  Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Code of Ethics, filed herewith.

            (3)               -  Galliard Capital Management, Inc. Code of Ethics, filed herewith.

            (4)               -  Peregrine Capital Management, Inc. Code of Ethics, filed herewith.

            (5)                - Schroder Investment Management North America Inc.
                                 Code of Ethics, filed herewith.

            (6)                - Smith Asset Management Group, L.P. Code of Ethics, filed herewith.

            (7)                - Wells Capital Management Incorporated Code of Ethics, filed herewith.
</TABLE>

Item 24.        Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with the Fund.

                Registrant  believes  that no person is  controlled  by or under
common control with Registrant.

Item 25.        Indemnification.

                Article V of the  Registrant's  Declaration  of Trust limits the
liability and, in certain instances,  provides for mandatory  indemnification of
the Registrant's trustees, officers, employees, agents and holders of beneficial
interests in the Trust.  In addition,  the Trustees are empowered  under Section
3.9 of the Registrant's  Declaration of Trust to obtain such insurance  policies
as they deem necessary.

Item 26.        Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser.

                (a) Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.  ("Wells Fargo Bank"), a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company,  serves as investment adviser to all of the
Registrant's  investment  portfolios,  and to certain other registered  open-end
management  investment  companies.  Wells  Fargo  Bank's  business  is that of a
national  banking  association  with  respect to which it  conducts a variety of
commercial banking and trust activities.

                To  the  knowledge  of  Registrant,  none  of the  directors  or
executive  officers  of Wells  Fargo Bank is or has been at any time  during the
past two fiscal years  engaged in any other  business,  profession,  vocation or
employment of a substantial nature,  except that certain executive officers also
hold  various  positions  with and engage in business  for Wells Fargo & Company
and/or its subsidiaries.

                (b)   Wells   Capital   Management   Incorporated   ("WCM"),   a
wholly-owned  subsidiary of Wells Fargo Bank,  N.A.,  serves as  sub-adviser  to
various  Funds of the  Trust.  The  description  of WCM in Parts A and B of this
Registration  Statement  is  incorporated  by reference in Parts A and B of this
Registration  Statement  is  incorporated  by  reference  herein.  None  of  the
directors and principal  executive  officers of WCM serves, or has served in the
past two fiscal years, in such capacity for any other entity.

                (c)  Peregrine  Capital  Management,   Inc.  ("Peregrine"),   an
indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, serves as sub-adviser
to various Funds of the Trust.  The description of Peregrine in Parts A and B of
the  Registration  Statement,  is  incorporated  by  reference  herein.  To  the
knowledge of the Registrant, none of the directors or executive officers of this
sub-adviser  is or has been at any time during the last two fiscal years engaged
in any other  business,  profession,  vocation or  employment  of a  substantial
nature.

                (d)      Schroder Investment Management North America Inc.
("SIMNA"), serves as sub-adviser to various Funds of the Trust.  The description
of SIMNA in Parts A and B of the Registration Statement are incorporated by
reference herein.  The address is 787 Seventh Avenue, 34th Floor, New York, NY
10019. Schroder Capital Management International Limited ("Schroder Ltd.") is a
United Kingdom affiliate of SIMNA which provides investment management services
to international clients located principally in the United States.
Schroder Ltd. and Schroders p.l.c. are located at 31 Gresham St., London ECZV
7QA, United Kingdom.  To the knowledge of the Registrant, none of the directors
or executive officers of this sub-adviser is or has been at any time during the
last two fiscal years engaged in any other business, profession, vocation or
employment of a substantial nature.

                (e) Galliard Capital Management, Inc. ("Galliard"), an indirect,
wholly-owned  subsidiary  of Wells  Fargo &  Company  serves as  sub-adviser  to
various Funds of the Trust.  The  descriptions of Galliard.  in Parts A and B of
the Registration Statement, are incorporated by reference herein. The address of
Galliard  is  LaSalle  Plaza,  Suite  2060,  800  LaSalle  Avenue,  Minneapolis,
Minnesota  55479. To the knowledge of the  Registrant,  none of the directors or
executive  officers  of this  sub-adviser  is or has been at any time during the
last two fiscal years  engaged in any other  business,  profession,  vocation or
employment of a substantial nature.

                (f)  Smith  Asset  Management,   L.P.  ("Smith"),  an  indirect,
partially-owned  subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company  serves as  sub-adviser  to
various Funds of the Trust.  The  descriptions  of Smith in Parts A and B of the
Registration  Statement,  are incorporated by reference  herein.  The address of
Smith is 300 Crescent Court, Suite 750, Dallas, Texas 75201. To the knowledge of
the Registrant,  none of the directors or executive officers of this sub-adviser
is or has been at any time during the last two fiscal years engaged in any other
business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature.

Item 27.     Principal Underwriters.

                (a)  Stephens  Inc.   ("Stephens"),   placement  agent  for  the
Registrant,  does  not  presently  act  as  investment  adviser  for  any  other
registered  investment  companies,  but does act as  principal  underwriter  for
Barclays Global Investors Funds,  Inc.,  Nations Fund, Inc., Nations Fund Trust,
Nations Annuity Trust,  Nations LifeGoal Funds, Inc., Nations Reserves,  Nations
Funds Trust,  Wells Fargo Variable Trust and Wells Fargo Funds Trust, and is the
exclusive  placement  agent for Nations  Master  Investment  Portfolio and Wells
Fargo Core Trust,  all of which are registered  open-end  management  investment
companies.

                (b) Information with respect to each director and officer of the
principal  underwriter is  incorporated by reference to Form ADV and Schedules A
and D thereto,  filed by Stephens with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission
pursuant to the Investment Advisors Act of 1940 (file No. 501-15510).

                (c)      Not applicable.

Item 28.      Location of Accounts and Records.

              (a) The Registrant  maintains accounts,  books and other documents
required by Section  31(a) of the  Investment  Company Act of 1940 and the rules
thereunder  (collectively,  "Records") at the offices of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.,
525 Market Street, San Francisco, California 94163.

              (b)  Wells  Fargo  Bank  maintains  all  Records  relating  to its
services as  investment  adviser and  administrator  at 525 Market  Street,  San
Francisco, California 94105.

              (c)    Stephens maintains all Records relating to its services as
placement agent at 111 Center Street, Little Rock, Arkansas 72201.

              (d)    Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, N.A. maintains all Records
relating to its services as custodian at 6th & Marquette, Minneapolis, Minnesota
55479-0040.

              (e) Wells Capital  Management  Incorporated  maintains all Records
relating to its services as investment  sub-adviser  at 525 Market  Street,  San
Francisco, California 94105.

              (f)    Peregrine Capital Management, Inc. maintains all Records
relating to its services as investment sub-adviser at 800 LaSalle Avenue,
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479.

              (g)    Galliard Capital Management, Inc. ("Galliard") maintains
all Records relating to its services as investment sub-adviser at 800 LaSalle
Avenue, Suite 2060, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479.

              (h)  Smith  Asset  Management  Group,  LP  maintains  all  Records
relating to its services as investment  sub-adviser at 500 Crescent Court, Suite
250, Dallas, Texas 75201.

              (i)    Schroder Investment Management, North America Inc.
maintains all Records relating to its services as investment
sub-adviser at 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019.

Item 29.  Management Services.

                Other  than  as  set  forth  under  the  captions   "Management,
Organization and Capital Structure" in Part A of this Registration Statement and
"Management  of the  Trust" in the Part B of this  Registration  Statement,  the
Registrant is not a party to any management-related service contract.

Item 30.  Undertakings.

             Not applicable.


<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

            Pursuant to the requirements of the Investment  Company Act of 1940,
the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment to its  Registration  Statement on
Form  N-1A  to be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereto  duly
authorized, in the City of San Francisco,  State of California on the 2nd day of
October, 2000.

                                                       WELLS FARGO CORE TRUST

                            By /s/ Dorothy A. Peters
                                Dorothy A. Peters
                               Assistant Secretary




<PAGE>


                             WELLS FARGO CORE TRUST
                                FILE NO. 811-9689

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number                                                Description


EX-99.B(p)(1)                 Joint Code of Ethics for Funds Trust, Core Trust
                              and Variable Trust
               (2)            Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Code of Ethics
               (3)            Galliard Capital Management, Inc. Code of Ethics
               (4)            Peregrine Capital Management, Inc. Code of Ethics
               (5)            Schroder Investment Management North America Inc.
                              Code of Ethics
               (6)            Smith Asset Management Group, L.P. Code of Ethics
               (7)            Wells Capital Management Incorporated Code of
                              Ethics


<PAGE>





                                                          EX-99.B(p)(1)

                             WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
                           WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST
                             WELLS FARGO CORE TRUST


                              JOINT CODE OF ETHICS
                            Adopted Under Rule 17j-1

         The Wells Fargo Funds  Trust,  the Wells Fargo  Variable  Trust and the
Wells  Fargo Core Trust  (including  the Core  Trust's  "feeder  funds" that are
advised or  administered  by Wells Fargo Bank or an affiliate  thereof)  (each a
"Fund" and,  together,  the  "Funds")  are  confident  that their  officers  and
trustees act with integrity and good faith. The Funds recognize,  however,  that
personal  interests may conflict  with the Funds'  interests  where  officers or
trustees:

o        Know about present or future Fund portfolio transactions, or

o        Have the power to influence Fund portfolio transactions; and

o        Engage in personal securities transactions.

                  In an effort to prevent these conflicts and in accordance with
Rule 17j-1 under the Investment  Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act"), the Funds
have  adopted  this Joint Code of Ethics (the  "Code") to prohibit  transactions
that  create  or  may  create   conflicts  of  interest,   establish   reporting
requirements and create enforcement procedures.  Although the Funds have adopted
the Code  jointly  pursuant  to Rule  17j-1  under  the 1940  Act,  each Fund is
responsible for implementing the Code on behalf of, and for compliance therewith
by, its own "access persons" as defined under Rule 17j-1.

         I.       Who is covered by the Code of Ethics?
o        All Fund officers;
o        All trustees, both interested and independent; and
o                          Natural persons in a control relationship with a Fund
                           who  obtain  information  concerning  recommendations
                           about  the  purchase  or  sale  of  a  security  by a
                           portfolio  of a Fund (a  "Portfolio").  Collectively,
                           these persons are called "access  persons." The Funds
                           currently do not have any natural control
persons.


                  II.      About this Code of Ethics.
         This Code sets forth in the attached sections specific  prohibitions on
securities  transactions and reporting  requirements that apply to Fund officers
and  trustees.  The  prohibitions  and  requirements  that apply to each  person
covered by this Code are included  under  Section III (General  Principles)  and
Section  IV  (Required   Course  of  Conduct).   For  your  specific   reporting
requirements,  please refer to Part A or B, as indicated  below.  Definitions of
underlined terms are included in Appendix A.

o        Independent trustees                                     Part A

o        Interested trustees, Fund officers and natural           Part B
         control persons

         The   remainder  of  this  Code  sets  forth  review  and   enforcement
responsibilities  (Sections V), obligations of investment advisers and principle
underwriters  (Section  VII),  recordkeeping  requirements  (Section  VIII)  and
miscellaneous information (Section IX).

III.     Statement of General Principles.
         In recognition of the trust and confidence placed in the Funds by their
shareholders, and because the Funds believe that their operations should benefit
their  shareholders,  the Funds have adopted the following general principles to
guide their access persons.

         (1)      Our shareholders' interests are paramount.  You must place
                  shareholder interests before your own.

         (2)      You must accomplish all personal securities  transactions in a
                  manner  that  avoids  any  conflict   between  your   personal
                  interests and those of the Fund and its shareholders.

         (3)      You must avoid actions or activities  that allow (or appear to
                  allow)  you or your  family  to profit  or  benefit  from your
                  position  with a  Fund,  or  that  bring  into  question  your
                  independence or judgment.

IV. Required Course of Conduct.
         (1)      Prohibition Against Fraud, Deceit and Manipulation.
                  You cannot, in connection with the purchase or sale,  directly
                  or  indirectly,  of a security  held or to be  acquired by any
                  Portfolio:

                  (A)      employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud any
                           Portfolio;

                  (B)      make to a Fund or Portfolio any untrue statement of a
                           material fact or omit to state to a Fund or Portfolio
                           a  material  fact  necessary  in  order  to make  the
                           statements made, in light of the circumstances  under
                           which they are made, not misleading;

                  (C)      engage in any act, practice or course of business
                           which would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any
                           Fund or Portfolio; or

(D) engage in any manipulative practice with respect to any Fund or Portfolio.

         (2)      Limits on Accepting or Receiving Gifts.

                  You cannot  accept or receive  any gift of more than de minims
                  value from any person or entity that does  business with or on
                  behalf of the Funds.

         (3)      Reporting Requirements.

                  Each quarter you must report  transactions  in securities that
                  you beneficially own. These reports must be submitted no later
                  than 10 days  after  the end of the  quarter.  You also may be
                  required to report your securities  holdings  initially,  when
                  you become an access person, and annually thereafter. See Part
                  A  or  B,  as   appropriate,   for  your  specific   reporting
                  requirements.

                  Within 10 days of  becoming  an access  person of a Fund,  and
                  each year  thereafter,  each such  person  must  complete  the
                  Compliance Certification, attached as Appendix F.

V.       Review and Enforcement of the Code.
         (1)      Appointment of a Review Officer.

                  Each  Fund's  President  will  appoint a review  officer  (the
"Review Officer") to perform the duties described below.

         (2)      The Review Officer's Duties and Responsibilities.

                  (A) The Review Officer shall notify each person who becomes an
                  access  person of a Fund and who is required  to report  under
                  this Code of Ethics of their  reporting  requirements no later
                  than 10 days before the first  quarter in which such person is
                  required to begin reporting.

                  (B) The Review Officer will, on a quarterly basis, compare all
                  reported  personal  securities  transactions  with the  Fund's
                  completed portfolio transactions and a list of securities that
                  were  being  considered  for  purchase  or  sale  by a  Fund's
                  investment adviser(s) during the period to determine whether a
                  Code violation may have occurred.  Before  determining  that a
                  person has violated the Code, the Review Officer must give the
                  person an opportunity to supply explanatory material.
                  (C) If the  Review  Officer  finds that a Code  violation  has
                  occurred, or believes that a Code violation may have occurred,
                  the Review Officer must submit a written report regarding thee
                  possible violation,  together with the confidential report and
                  any  explanatory  material  provided  by  the  person,  to the
                  President  and legal  counsel  ("Counsel")  for the Fund.  The
                  President  and  Counsel  will  determine  whether  the  person
                  violated the Code.

                  (D) No person may participate in a determination of whether he
                  or she has committed a Code  violation or of the imposition of
                  any  sanction  against  himself or  herself.  If a  securities
                  transaction  of the President is under  consideration,  a Vice
                  President  will act for the  President  for  purposes  of this
                  Section  V. The  Review  Officer  will  submit  his or her own
                  reports,  as may be required  pursuant to Parts A or B hereof,
                  to an Alternate Review Officer who shall fulfill the duties of
                  the Review  Officer's  with  respect  to the Review  Officer's
                  reports.

         (3)      Sanctions.

                  If  the  President  and  Counsel  determine  that  the  person
                  violated the Code,  the President  will impose upon the person
                  any sanctions that the President  deems  appropriate  and will
                  report the violation and any imposed sanctions to the Board of
                  Trustees at the next regularly scheduled board meeting unless,
                  in the sole discretion of the President, circumstances warrant
                  an  earlier  report.   Sanctions  may  include  suspension  of
                  authority to act on behalf of a Fund as an officer or trustee,
                  or removal from office.

VI.      Annual Written Reports To The Boards
At least annually, the Review Officer, the investment adviser(s) (including any
sub-advisers) and principle underwriter will provide written reports to the
Board of Trustees as follows:
(1)      Issues Arising Under the Code.   The reports must describe any issue(s)
         that arose during the previous year under the codes or
         procedures thereto,  including any material code or procedural
         violations, and any resulting sanction(s).  The Review Officer,
         President,  investment adviser(s)  (including any sub-advisers) and
         principle  underwriter(s)  may report to the Board more  frequently as
         they deem  necessary or appropriate and shall do so as requested by
         the Board.


(2)  Certification.  Each report must be accompanied by a  certification  to the
     Board that the Fund,  investment  adviser(s)  (including any sub-advisers),
     and principal  underwriter(s) have adopted procedures  reasonably necessary
     to prevent their access persons from violating their code of ethics.

VII.     Interrelationship With Other Codes Of Ethics
(1)               General Principle: Overlapping Responsibilities.  A person who
                  is both an access  person of a Fund and an access person of an
                  investment adviser to or principal underwriter for the Fund is
                  only  required to report under and  otherwise  comply with the
                  investment  adviser's  or  principal   underwriter's  code  of
                  ethics,  provided that such code has been adopted  pursuant to
                  and in  compliance  with Rule  17j-1.  These  access  persons,
                  however,  remain subject to the principles and prohibitions in
                  Section III and IV hereof.

(2)      Procedures.  Each such investment adviser and principal underwriter of
the Fund must:
(A)  Submit  to the Board of  Trustees  of the Fund a copy of its code of ethics
adopted  pursuant to or in compliance with Rule 17j-1;  (B) Promptly  furnish to
the Fund,  upon request,  copies of any reports made under its code of ethics by
any person who is also covered by the Fund's Code; and
(C)                        Promptly  report to the Fund in writing any  material
                           amendments  to its  code of  ethics,  along  with the
                           certification described under Section VI.(2). above.

VIII.    Recordkeeping.
         The Funds will maintain records as set forth below.  These records will
be maintained in accordance with Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act and the following
requirements.  They will be available for examination by  representatives of the
Securities and Exchange Commission and other regulatory agencies.

(1)      A copy of this Code and any other code adopted by the Funds, which is,
         or at any time within the past five years has been, in
                  effect will be preserved in an easily accessible place;
(2)               A record of any Code violation and of any sanctions taken will
                  be preserved in an easily  accessible place for a period of at
                  least five years following the end of the fiscal year in which
                  the violation occurred;
(3)               A copy of each Quarterly Transaction Report,  Initial Holdings
                  Report,  and Annual Holdings Report submitted under this Code,
                  including any information provided in lieu of any such reports
                  made  under the Code (see  Parts A and B for more  information
                  about  reporting),  will be preserved for a period of at least
                  five  years  from  the end of the  fiscal  year in which it is
                  made, for the first two years in an easily accessible place;
(4)               A record of all  persons,  currently  or within  the past five
                  years,  who are or were required to submit  reports under this
                  Code,  or who  are or were  responsible  for  reviewing  these
                  reports, will be maintained in an easily accessible place; and


(5)               A copy of each  annual  report  required by Section VI of this
                  Code must be  maintained  for at least five years from the end
                  of the  fiscal  year in which it is made,  for the  first  two
                  years in an easily accessible place.

IX.      Miscellaneous.
(1)               Confidentiality.  All personal securities transactions reports
                  and any other  information  filed  with a Fund under this Code
                  will be treated as  confidential,  provided  that such reports
                  and information may be produced to the Securities and Exchange
                  Commission and other regulatory agencies.

(2)      Interpretation of Provisions.  The Boards of Trustees may from time to
         time adopt such interpretations of this Code as appropriate.

(3)               Periodic  Review and Reporting.  Each President will report to
                  its Board of Trustees at least annually as to the operation of
                  this Code and will  address  in any such  report  the need (if
                  any) for further changes or modifications to the Code.

Adopted:
Revised:



<PAGE>




                                     PART A
                              Independent Trustees
I.                QUARTERLY Transaction Reports.

         (A)      Subject to Section II.(B) below, each quarter, you must report
                  all of your securities  transactions  effected, as well as any
                  securities accounts you established,  during the quarter.  You
                  must submit your report to the Review Officer no later than 10
                  days  after  the end of each  calendar  quarter.  A  Quarterly
                  Personal  Securities  Transactions  Report Form is included as
                  Appendix B.

         (B)      If you had no  reportable  transactions  and did not  open any
                  securities accounts during the quarter, you are still required
                  to submit a report. Please note on your report that you had no
                  reportable items during the quarter, and return it, signed and
                  dated.

II.               WHAT MUST BE INCLUDED IN YOUR QUARTERLY REPORTS?

         (A)      You must report all  transactions in securities  that: (i) you
                  directly or indirectly beneficially own or (ii) because of the
                  transaction,   you  acquire  direct  or  indirect   beneficial
                  ownership.  You must also report any  account you  established
                  during the quarter in which any securities  were held for your
                  direct or indirect benefit.

         (B)      Notwithstanding   Section  I  above,  reports  of  individuals
                  securities  transactions  are required only if you knew at the
                  time  of  the  transaction,  or  in  the  ordinary  course  of
                  fulfilling  your  official  duties  as a Trustee  should  have
                  known, that during the 15-day period immediately  preceding or
                  following the date of your transaction,  the same security was
                  purchased  or sold,  or was being  considered  for purchase or
                  sale, by the Fund (or any series thereof).

                  The "should have known" standard does not:
o        imply a duty of inquiry;
o        presume you should have deduced or extrapolated from discussions or
         memoranda dealing with a Portfolio's investment strategies; or
o        impute knowledge from your awareness of a Portfolio's
         holdings,   market   considerations,   or  investment
         policies, objectives and restrictions.

III.              WHAT MAY BE EXCLUDED FROM YOUR QUARTERLY REPORTS?

         You are not  required  to  detail or list the  following  items on your
quarterly report:

         (A)      Purchases or sales effected for any account over which you
                  have no direct or indirect influence or control;

         (B)      Purchases you made solely with the dividend  proceeds received
                  in a  dividend  reimbursement  plan  or  that  are  part of an
                  automatic  payroll  deduction  plan,  where  you  purchased  a
                  security issued by your employer;

         (C)      Purchases  effected  on the  exercise  of rights  issued by an
                  issuer pro rata to all  holders of a class of its  securities,
                  as long as you  acquired  these  rights from the  issuer,  and
                  sales of such rights;

         (D)      Purchases  or  sales  which  are   non-volitional,   including
                  purchases  or sales upon the exercise of written puts or calls
                  and sales from a margin account pursuant to a bona fide margin
                  call; and

         (E)      Purchases or sales of any of the following securities:

o        Direct obligations of the U.S. government;

o                          Banker's  acceptances,  bank certificates of deposit,
                           commercial  paper and high  quality  short-term  debt
                           instruments, including repurchase agreements; and

o Shares issued by registered, open-end investment companies.

You may  include  a  statement  in your  report  that the  report  shall  not be
construed  as your  admission  that you have any direct or  indirect  beneficial
ownership in the security included in the report.




<PAGE>



                                                          PART B
         Interested Trustees, Fund Officers and Natural Control Persons

I.                REQUIRED REPORTS

         (A)      Initial Holdings Report.

                  You must submit a listing of all securities  you  beneficially
                  own,  as well as all of your  securities  accounts,  as of the
                  date  you  first  become  subject  to  this  Code's  reporting
                  requirements.  You must submit this list to the Review Officer
                  within 10 days of the date you first  become  subject  to this
                  Code's reporting requirements. An Initial Holdings Report Form
                  is attached as Appendix D.

         (B)      Annual Holdings Reports.

                  Each year,  you must submit to the Review Officer a listing of
                  all  securities you  beneficially  own, as well as all of your
                  securities accounts. Your list must be current as of a date no
                  more than 30 days  before  you submit  the  report.  An Annual
                  Holdings Report Form is attached as Appendix E.

         (C)      Quarterly Transaction Reports.

                  (1)      Each quarter,  you must report all of your securities
                           transactions  effected,  as  well  as any  securities
                           accounts you  established,  during the  quarter.  You
                           must  submit  your  report to the  Review  Officer no
                           later  than 10 days  after  the end of each  calendar
                           quarter. A Quarter Personal  Securities  Transactions
                           Report Form is attached as Appendix B.

                  (2)      If you had no reputable  transactions and did not own
                           any securities  accounts during the quarter,  you are
                           still  required  to submit a report.  Please  note on
                           your report that you had no  reportable  items during
                           the quarter, and return it, signed and dated.

II.               WHAT MUST BE INCLUDED IN YOUR REPORTS?

         You must report all  transactions in securities  that: (i) you directly
         or indirectly beneficially own; or (ii) because of the transaction, you
         acquire direct or indirect beneficial  ownership.  You must also report
         all of your accounts in which any securities  were held for your direct
         or indirect benefit.


III.              WHAT MAY BE EXCLUDED FROM YOUR REPORTS?

         You are not  required  to  detail or list the  following  items on your
reports:


         (A)      Purchases or sales effected for any account over which you
                  have no direct or indirect influence or control;

         (B)      Purchases you made solely with the dividend  proceeds received
                  in a  dividend  reinvestment  plan  or  that  are  part  of an
                  automatic  payroll  deduction  plan,  where  you  purchased  a
                  security issued by your employer;

         (C)      Purchases  effected  on the  exercise  of rights  issued by an
                  issuer pro rata to all  holders of a class of its  securities,
                  as long as you  acquired  these  rights from the  issuer,  and
                  sales of such rights;

         (D)      Purchases  or  sales  which  are   non-volitional,   including
                  purchases  or sales upon the exercise of written puts or calls
                  and sales from a margin account pursuant to a bona fide margin
                  call; and

         (E)      Purchases or sales of any of the following securities:

o        Direct obligations of the U.S. government;

o                          Banker's  acceptances,  bank certificates of deposit,
                           commercial  paper and high  quality  short-term  debt
                           instruments, including repurchase agreements; and

o Shares issued by registered, open-end investment companies.


         You may include a statement in your report that the report shall not be
         construed  as your  admission  that  you have any  direct  or  indirect
         beneficial ownership in the security included in the report.


IV.      PRE-APPROVAL OF IPOs AND LIMITED OFFERINGS FOR NATURAL CONTROL PERSONS

         Natural  control  persons must obtain  approval from the Review Officer
         before  directly or indirectly  acquiring  beneficial  ownership of any
         securities  in an IPO or  limited  offering.  The Review  Officer  will
         create a written  report  detailing any  approvals  granted for such an
         acquisition,  including the rationale  supporting  the decision.  These
         records will be maintained for at least five years after the end of the
         fiscal year in which the approval is granted.

<PAGE>




                                   APPENDIX A
                                   Definitions

                                  General Note

                        The  definitions  and terms  used in this Code of Ethics
                     are intended to mean the same as they do under the 1940 Act
                     and the other  federal  securities  laws.  If a  definition
                     hereunder conflicts
                      with      the  definition in the 1940 Act or other federal
                                securities  laws, or if a term used in this Code
                                is  not   defined,   you   should   follow   the
                                definitions and meanings in the
                      1940 Act or other federal securities laws, as applicable.


Beneficial  ownership  means  the  same  as it  does  under  Section  16 of  the
Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 and Rule  16a-1(a)(2)  thereunder.  You should
generally  consider  yourself the "beneficial  owner" of any securities in which
you have a direct or  indirect  pecuniary  interest.  In  addition,  you  should
consider  yourself the beneficial owner of securities held by your spouse,  your
minor  children,  a relative who shares your home, or other persons by reason of
any contract, arrangement,  understanding or relationship that provides you with
sole or shared voting or investment power.

Control means the same as that under in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act. Section
2(a)(9)  provides  that  "control"  means the power to  exercise  a  controlling
influence  over the  management  or policies of a company,  unless such power is
solely the result of an official position with such company. Ownership of 25% or
more of a company's  outstanding  voting security is presumed to give the holder
thereof control over the company. This presumption may be countered by the facts
and circumstances of a given situation.

High quality short-term debt instrument means any instrument that has a maturity
at  issuance  of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the two  highest
rating categories by a nationally  recognized  statistical  rating  organization
(e.g., Moody's Investors Service). Independent trustee means a trustee of a Fund
who is not an  "interested  person" of the Fund  within  the  meaning of Section
2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

IPO (i.e.,  initial public offering) means an offering of securities  registered
under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  the  issuer of  which,  immediately  before
registration,  was not subject to the  reporting  requirements  of Section 13 or
Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Interested  trustee means a trustee of a Fund who is an  "interested  person" of
the Fund within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.


Limited  offering means an offering that is exempt from  registration  under the
Securities  Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2),  Section 4(6),  Rule 504, Rule
505 or Rule 506 (e.g., private placements).


Purchase or sale of a security  includes,  among other things, the writing of an
option to purchase or sell a security.

Security  means  the same as it does  under  Section  2(a)(36)  of the 1940 Act,
except  that it does not  include  direct  obligations  of the U.S.  government,
bankers'  acceptances,  bank  certificates of deposit,  commercial  paper,  high
quality short-term debt instruments,  including repurchase agreements, or shares
issued by registered, open-end investment companies.

A security held or to be acquired by a Fund (or any  Portfolio)  means:  (A) any
security  which,  within the most  recent 15 days (i) is or has been held by the
Fund (or any  Portfolio),  or (ii) is being or has been considered by the Fund's
adviser or sub-adviser for purchase by the Fund (or any Portfolio);  and (B) any
option to purchase or sell, and any security  convertible  into or  exchangeable
for, any security.

A security is being  purchased or sold by the Fund (or any  Portfolio)  from the
time a purchase or sale program has been  communicated  to the person who places
buy and sell orders for the Fund (or Portfolio) until the program has been fully
completed or terminated.

A security is being  considered  for purchase or sale for a Fund when a security
is identified as such by an investment adviser to the Fund.




<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                     <C>                                               <C>

                                   APPENDIX B
                QUARTERLY PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS REPORT

Name of Reporting Person:
                                          ----------------------------------------
                                          ----------------------------------------
Calendar Quarter Ended:
-------------------------------------     ----------------------------------------
                                          ----------------------------------------
Date Report Due:
-------------------------------------     ----------------------------------------
                                          ----------------------------------------
Date Report Submitted:
-------------------------------------     ----------------------------------------

Securities Transactions
------------------ ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------- -----------------

                                                     Principal Amount,
                                                     Maturity Date and                                 Name of Broker,
                   Name of Issuer                    Interest Rate (if                                  Dealer or Bank
                    and Title of        No. of          applicable)                                       Effecting
     Date of          Security        Shares (if                              Type of                    Transaction
   Transaction                        applicable)                           Transaction       Price
------------------ ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------- -----------------
------------------ ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------- -----------------

------------------ ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------- -----------------
------------------ ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------- -----------------

------------------ ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------- -----------------
------------------ ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------- -----------------

------------------ ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------- -----------------
------------------ ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------- -----------------

------------------ ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------- -----------------
</TABLE>

If you had no securities transactions to report for the quarter, please check
here.

If you do not want this report to be  construed  as an  admission  that you have
beneficial  ownership of one or more  securities  listed above,  please describe
below and indicate which securities are at issue:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Securities Accounts
If you established a securities  account during the quarter,  please provide the
following information:
<TABLE>
<S>                                          <C>                                     <C>
---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

    Name of Broker, Dealer or Bank            Date Account was Established           Name(s) on and Type of Account
---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
If you did not establish any securities accounts during the quarter, please check here.

I certify that I have included in this report all  securities  transactions  and
accounts required to be reported pursuant to the Code of Ethics.

--------------------               ----------------
Signature                          Date

<PAGE>


                                   APPENDIX C
                QUARTERLY PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS REPORT

Name of Reporting Person:
                                          ----------------------------------------
                                          ----------------------------------------
Calendar Quarter Ended:
-------------------------------------     ----------------------------------------
                                          ----------------------------------------
Date Report Due:
-------------------------------------     ----------------------------------------
                                          ----------------------------------------
Date Report Submitted:
-------------------------------------     ----------------------------------------

Securities Transactions
------------------ ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------- -----------------

                                                     Principal Amount,
                                                     Maturity Date and                                 Name of Broker,
                   Name of Issuer                    Interest Rate (if                                  Dealer or Bank
                    and Title of        No. of          applicable)                                       Effecting
     Date of          Security        Shares (if                              Type of                    Transaction
   Transaction                        applicable)                           Transaction       Price
------------------ ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------- -----------------
------------------ ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------- -----------------

------------------ ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------- -----------------
------------------ ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------- -----------------

------------------ ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------- -----------------
------------------ ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------- -----------------

------------------ ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------- -----------------
------------------ ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------- -----------------

------------------ ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------- -----------------

If you had no securities transactions to report for the quarter, please check here.

If you do not want this report to be  construed  as an  admission  that you have
beneficial  ownership of one or more securities  reported above, please describe
below and indicate which securities are at issue:



Securities Accounts
If you established a securities  account during the quarter,  please provide the
following information:

---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

    Name of Broker, Dealer or Bank            Date Account was Established           Name(s) on and Type of Account
---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
If you did not establish any securities accounts during the quarter, please check here.

I certify that I have included in this report all  securities  transactions  and
accounts required to be reported pursuant to the Code of Ethics.

--------------------               ----------------
Signature                          Date

<PAGE>


                                   APPENDIX D
                             INITIAL HOLDINGS REPORT

Name of Reporting Person:
                                                      ----------------------------------------
                                                      ----------------------------------------
Date Person Became Subject to the Code's
     Reporting Requirements:
                                                      ----------------------------------------
                                                      ----------------------------------------
Information in Report Dated As Of:                                                             [Note: Date person became
                                                                                               subject and as of date should be
                                                                                               the same.]
                                                      ----------------------------------------
                                                      ----------------------------------------
Date Report Due:
                                                      ----------------------------------------
                                                      ----------------------------------------
Date Report Submitted:
                                                      ----------------------------------------

Securities Transactions
---------------------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------


          Name of Issuer and                 No. of Shares          Principal Amount, Maturity Date and Interest Rate
           Title of Security                (if applicable)                          (if applicable)
---------------------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------

---------------------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------

---------------------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------

---------------------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------

---------------------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------
If you have no securities holdings to report, please check here.

If you do not want this report to be  considered  as an admission  that you have
beneficial  ownership of one or more  securities  listed above,  please describe
below and indicate which securities are at issue:


Securities Accounts
-------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------

         Name of Broker, Dealer or Bank                    Name(s) on and Type of Account
-------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------
If you have no securities accounts to report, please check here.

I certify  that I have  included  on this  report all  securities  holdings  and
accounts required to be reported pursuant to the Code of Ethics.

---------------------              --------------
Signature                          Date

<PAGE>


                                   APPENDIX E
                             ANNUAL HOLDINGS REPORT

Name of Reporting Person:
Information in Report Dated As Of:                                                             [Note: Information should be
                                                                                               dated no more than 30 days
                                                                                               before report is submitted.]
                                                      ----------------------------------------
                                                      ----------------------------------------
Date Report Due:
                                                      ----------------------------------------
                                                      ----------------------------------------
Date Report Submitted:
                                                      ----------------------------------------
Calendar Year Ended:  December 31, __

Securities Transactions
---------------------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------


          Name of Issuer and                 No. of Shares          Principal Amount, Maturity Date and Interest Rate
           Title of Security                (if applicable)                          (if applicable)
---------------------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------

---------------------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------

---------------------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------

---------------------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------

---------------------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------
If you have no securities holdings to report, please check here.

If you do not want this report to be  considered  as an admission  that you have
beneficial  ownership of one or more securities  reported above, please describe
below and indicate which securities are at issue.


Securities Accounts
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------- ----------------------------------------------

         Name of Broker, Dealer or Bank                Date Account was              Name(s) on and Type of Account
                                                          Established
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------- ----------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------- ----------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------- ----------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------- -------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
If you have no securities accounts to report, please check here.

I certify  that I have  included  on this  report all  securities  holdings  and
accounts required to be reported pursuant to the Code of Ethics.

---------------------              --------------
Signature                          Date
</TABLE>

<PAGE>


1

                                   APPENDIX F
                            COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION

<TABLE>
<S>                           <C>                                                               <C>
                              Initial Certification

I certify that I:  (i)          have received, read and reviewed the Joint Code of Ethics of the Wells Fargo Funds;
                                (ii)           understand the policies and procedures in the Code;
                                (iii)          recognize that I am subject to such policies and procedures;
                                (iv)           understand the penalties for non-compliance;
                                (v)            will fully comply with the Code of Ethics; and
                                (vi)           have fully and accurately completed this Certificate.

Signature:
                             -----------------------------------------------------------------
Name:                                                                                          (Please print)
                             -----------------------------------------------------------------
Date Submitted:
                             -----------------------------------------------------------------
Date Due:
                             -----------------------------------------------------------------

---------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------

Annual Certification

I certify that I:  (i)          have received, read and reviewed the Joint Code of Ethics of the Wells Fargo Funds;
                                (ii)      understand the policies and procedures in the Code;
                                (iii)     recognize that I am subject to such policies and procedures;
                                (iv)      understand the penalties for non-compliance;
                                (v)       have completed with the Code of Ethics and any related procedures;
                                (vi)      have fully disclosed any exceptions to my compliance with the Code;
                                (vii)     will fully comply with the Code of Ethics; and
                                (viii)    have fully and accurately completed this Certificate.
EXCEPTION(S):


-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Signature:
                             -----------------------------------------------------------------
Name:                                                                                          (Please print)
                             -----------------------------------------------------------------
Date Submitted:
                             -----------------------------------------------------------------
Date Due:
</TABLE>




<PAGE>




                                                            EX-99.B(p)(2)


                                WELLS FARGO BANK
                                 CODE OF ETHICS
                            Adopted Under Rule 17j-1
                             Effective July 12, 2000


Wells  Fargo Bank (the  Bank) is  confident  that its  officers,  directors  and
employees act with integrity and good faith. The Bank recognizes,  however, that
personal  interests  may  conflict  with those of the  investment  companies  it
advises where its officers, directors or employees:

o        Know about present or future portfolio transactions, or

o        Have the power to influence portfolio transactions; and

o        Engage in personal transactions in securities.

In an effort to prevent these  conflicts and in accordance with Rule 17j-1 under
the  Investment  Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act),  the Bank has adopted  this
Code of Ethics  (the Code) to  prohibit  transactions  that create or may create
conflicts of interest,  and to establish reporting  requirements and enforcement
procedures.

I.                About the Bank

         The Bank is a national  bank that is primarily  engaged in  traditional
         banking activities and other financial  services.  The Bank also serves
         as investment adviser to various investment  companies registered under
         the 1940 Act. As an  investment  adviser to the  registered  investment
         companies,  the Bank is required  to adopt a code of ethics  under Rule
         17j-1.  Rule 17j-1  requires all  investment  advisers  for  registered
         investment  companies to adopt a code of ethics,  but permits  advisers
         that, like the Bank, are "primarily engaged in a business or businesses
         other than advising [registered investment companies] or other advisory
         clients " to adopt codes that govern a more narrow  universe of "access
         persons."1   The  Bank  has  adopted  this  Code  to  comply  with  the
         requirements under Rule 17j-1 for such investment advisers.

II.               About this Code of Ethics.

         The Code sets forth general  prohibitions and  requirements,  which are
         included under Section IV (Statement of General Principles) and Section
         V (Prohibitions  Regarding Conduct of Covered Persons).  This Code also
         sets  forth  reporting   obligations   and  specific   prohibitions  on
         securities transactions, which are included under Section VI (Reporting
         Obligations  of  Advisory   Persons)  and  Section  VII   (Prohibitions
         Regarding Securities  Transactions by Advisory Persons).  The remainder
         of   the   Code   sets   forth   review,   enforcement,   recordkeeping
         responsibilities  (Sections  IX and X), and  miscellaneous  information
         (Section XI). Underlined terms are defined in the Glossary.

NOTE:             Persons  covered by this Code are also subject to and required
                  to comply with the Bank's Code of Ethics and Business Conduct,
                  including the limitations therein regarding  directorships and
                  the receipt of gifts.

III.              Who is Covered by the Code of Ethics?

         (a)      Bank Officers, Directors and Employees.

                  This Code of Ethics  applies  to each  officer,  director  and
employee of the Bank:

o                          who,  with  respect  to  any  registered   investment
                           company  advised  by the  Bank (a  Fund),  makes  any
                           recommendation,  participates in the determination of
                           which recommendation will be made, or whose principal
                           function  or duties  relate to the  determination  of
                           which  recommendation will be made by the Bank to any
                           Fund OR

o                          who, in  connection  with his or her duties,  obtains
                           any  information  about  securities   recommendations
                           being made by the Bank to any Fund.

         Throughout  this Code,  these  persons  are  referred  to as  "Advisory
         Persons."  Currently,  the Bank does not have any Advisory Persons. The
         Bank has  appointed  sub-advisers  to manage  each  Fund's  assets on a
         discretionary basis. Thus, the sub-advisers, rather than the Bank, make
         recommendations   to  the  Funds  regarding   purchases  and  sales  of
         securities.  As a result,  the Bank itself  neither  manages the Funds'
         assets  on  a   discretionary   basis  and  nor  make  any   securities
         recommendations to the Funds.

         (b)      Limited Purpose Advisory Persons.

         Although the Bank  currently  does not have any Advisory  Persons,  the
         Bank  recognizes  that certain of its officers and  employees  may from
         time to time obtain information regarding a security being purchased or
         sold or being  considered  for purchase by a Fund. For purposes of this
         Code,  these officers and employees are called Limited Purpose Advisory
         Persons.  Specifically,  you are a Limited  Purpose  Advisory Person if
         you: are a Bank officer or employee;  do not meet the  definition of an
         Advisory  Person;  are not  covered  by a code of ethics  adopted  by a
         Fund's  sub-adviser  pursuant to Rule 17j-1; and obtaining  information
         from time to time regarding securities being purchased or sold or being
         considered  for  purchase  by a  Fund  while  performing  your  regular
         functions for the Bank.

         The Review Officer,  as defined below,  will maintain a list of Limited
         Purpose  Advisory  Persons  and  will  notify  such  persons  of  their
         obligations under this Code. The personal trading activities of Limited
         Purpose Advisory Persons are addressed in Section VIII below.

         (c)      Covered Persons.

         Throughout  the Code,  Advisory  Persons and Limited  Purpose  Advisory
Persons are collectively referred to as "Covered Persons."


IV.               Statement of General Principles.

         In recognition  of the trust and  confidence  placed in the Bank by the
         Funds and their  shareholders,  and because the Bank  believes that its
         operations  should benefit the Funds and their  shareholders,  the Bank
         has  adopted  the  following  general  principles  to guide its Covered
         Persons.

         (a)      The Funds' and their shareholders' interests are paramount.
                    You must place their interests before your own.

         (b)      You must accomplish all personal securities  transactions in a
                  manner that avoids a conflict of your personal  interests with
                  those of the Funds or their shareholders.

         (c)      You must avoid  actions or  activities  that allow you or your
                  family to  profit or  benefit  from your  relationship  with a
                  Fund,  or  that  bring  into  question  your  independence  or
                  judgment.

V.                Prohibition Against Fraud, Deceit and Manipulation.

         No Covered Person in connection with the purchase or sale,  directly or
         indirectly, of a security held or to be acquired by any Fund may:

         (a)      employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud any Fund;

         (b)      make to a Fund any untrue statement of a material fact or omit
                  to state to a Fund a material fact  necessary in order to make
                  the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which
                  they are made, not misleading;

         (c)      engage in any act, practice or course of business which would
                    operate as a fraud or deceit upon any Fund; or

         (d)      engage in any manipulative practice with respect to any Fund.

VI.               Reporting Obligations of Advisory Persons.

         (a)     Initial and Annual Reports of Securities Holdings and Accounts.

                  You must provide the Review Officer with a complete listing of
                  all securities you  beneficially  own and all your  securities
                  accounts  as of the  date you  first  become  subject  to this
                  Code's  reporting  requirements.  You must submit this list to
                  the Review  Officer,  as defined below,  within 10 days of the
                  date  you  first  become  subject  to  this  Code's  reporting
                  requirements.  Each following  year, you must submit a revised
                  list to the  Review  Officer as of a date no more than 30 days
                  before you submit the list.  An Initial  and Annual  Report of
                  Securities Holdings and Accounts is included as Appendix A.

         (b)      Quarterly Reports.

                  Each  quarter,  you must  report all  securities  transactions
                  effected,  as well as  securities  accounts  you  established,
                  during the quarter.  You must submit your report to the Review
                  Officer no later  than 10 days after the end of each  calendar
                  quarter. A Quarterly Report is included as Appendix B.


                  If you had no  reportable  transactions  and did not  open any
                  securities accounts during the quarter, you are still required
                  to submit a report.  Please note in the spaces provided on the
                  report that you had no  reportable  items  during the quarter,
                  and return it, signed and dated.

         (c)      What Must Be Included in Your Reports?

                  You must report all  transactions in securities  that: (i) you
                  directly or indirectly beneficially own or (ii) because of the
                  transaction,   you  acquire  direct  or  indirect   beneficial
                  ownership.  You also must report all of your accounts in which
                  any securities  were held for your direct or indirect  benefit
                  (e.g., brokerage accounts, certain bank accounts).

         (d)      What May Be Excluded from Your Reports?

                  You are not  required  to include  the  following  securities,
transactions or accounts on your reports:

                  (1)      Purchases or sales effected for any account over
which you have no direct or indirect influence or control;

                  (2)      Purchases you made solely with the dividend  proceeds
                           received in a dividend  reinvestment plan or that are
                           part of an automatic  payroll  deduction plan,  where
                           you purchased a security issued by your employer;

                  (3)      Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued
                           by an issuer  pro rata to all  holders  of a class of
                           its securities,  as long as you acquired these rights
                           from the issuer, and sales of such rights;

                  (4)      Purchases or sale that are non-volitional,  including
                           purchases  or sales upon  exercise of written puts or
                           calls, and sales from a margin account to a bona fide
                           margin call;

                  (5)      Purchases   of   direct   obligations   of  the  U.S.
                           Government,  bankers' acceptances,  bank certificates
                           of deposit, commercial paper, high quality short-term
                           debt instruments,  including  repurchase  agreements,
                           and shares issued by registered,  open-end investment
                           companies.

         As indicated on the reports, you may include a statement in your report
         that the report shall not be construed as your  admission that you have
         any direct or indirect  beneficial  ownership in a security included in
         the report.

         (e)      Duplicate Broker Confirmations.

                  You must  direct  your  broker to send the Review  Officer (as
                  defined  below)  on  a  timely  basis   duplicate   copies  of
                  confirmations  of all  personal  securities  transactions  and
                  copies of periodic statements. This includes confirmations and
                  statements for transactions in Fund shares.

         (f)      Initial and Annual Certification of Compliance with the Code
                  of Ethics.

                  Within 10 days of becoming an Advisory  Person,  and each year
                  thereafter, you must complete the Certification Form, included
                  as Appendix C.

VII.              Prohibitions Regarding Securities Transactions by Advisory
                  Persons.

         (a)      Initial Public Offerings.

                  You  cannot  acquire  any  securities  in  an  initial  public
offering.

         (b)      Limited Offerings.

                  You cannot acquire any securities in a limited offering
                  (e.g., private placement).

         (c)      Blackout Periods on Personal Securities Transactions.

                  (1)      You cannot purchase or sell,  directly or indirectly,
                           a  security  in which  you had (or by  reason  of the
                           transaction  acquire) any  beneficial  ownership on a
                           day that any Fund has an unexpected buy or sell order
                           in the same (or a related)  security  until the Funds
                           order is executed or withdrawn.

                  (2)      You cannot purchase or sell,  directly or indirectly,
                           any  security  in which you had (or by reason of such
                           transaction  acquire) any beneficial ownership at any
                           time within 7 calendar  days before or after the time
                           that  the  same  (or a  related)  security  is  being
                           purchased  or sold by any Fund that you manage or for
                           which you trade.

                  (3)      You cannot purchase or sell,  directly or indirectly,
                           any  security  in which  you had (or by reason of the
                           transaction  acquire) any beneficial ownership at any
                           time within 7 calendar  days before or after you have
                           issued an investment  recommendation  regarding  that
                           (or a related) security.

         (d)      Ban on Short-Term Trading Profits.

                  You cannot  profit  from  buying and  selling,  or selling and
                  buying,  the  same  security  (or its  equivalent)  within  60
                  calendar days.  For purpose of counting the 60 days,  multiple
                  transactions  in the same  security  will be counted in such a
                  manner  as  to  produce  the  shortest  time  period   between
                  transactions.


                  This prohibition  includes short sales.  Exercised options are
                  excluded,  but  profitable  purchases  and  sales  of  options
                  occurring  within 60 days are  prohibited.  Sales at  original
                  purchase  price or at a loss  are not  prohibited.  All  other
                  exceptions  require  the  advance  written  approval  from the
                  Review Officer (as defined below).

VIII.             Limited Purpose Advisory Persons.

As a Limited Purpose  Advisory  Person,  you must comply with the  certification
requirement in Section VI.(f) above.  You also must comply with the prohibitions
described  below,  but only with  respect to those  securities  about  which you
obtain  information  regarding a security  being  purchased or sold by a Fund or
being  considered  for  purchase by a Fund while  performing  your  regular Bank
functions.

         (a)      Blackout Period on Personal Securities Transactions.

                  If you obtain information regarding a security being purchased
                  or sold by a Fund or being  considered for purchase by a Fund,
                  you cannot  purchase  or sell,  directly or  indirectly,  that
                  security  (or  by  reason  of  the  transaction   acquire  any
                  beneficial  ownership in that security) while such security is
                  being purchased or sold or is being considered for purchase by
                  a Fund. Further, you cannot purchase or sell that security (or
                  by reason of the transaction acquire any beneficial  ownership
                  in that security) at any time during the 7 calendar days after
                  the same (or a related) was purchased or sold by a Fund.

         (b)      Ban on Short-Term Trading Profits.

                  If you obtain information regarding a security being purchased
                  or sold by a Fund or being  considered for purchase by a Fund,
                  you cannot  profit  from  buying and  selling,  or selling and
                  buying,  the  same  security  (or its  equivalent)  within  60
                  calendar days.  This includes short sales.  Exercised  options
                  are excluded,  but  profitable  purchases and sales of options
                  occurring  within 60 days are  prohibited.  Sales at  original
                  purchase  price or at a loss  are not  prohibited.  All  other
                  exceptions  require  the  advance  written  approval  from the
                  Review Officer (as defined below).

IX.               Review and Enforcement of the Code.

         (a)      Appointment of a Review Officer.

                  A review officer (the Review Officer) will perform the duties
                described below.  The Review Officer is Ms. Dorothy Peters.

         (b)      The Review Officer's Duties and Responsibilities.

                  (1)      The Review  Officer will  identify each person who is
                           covered by this Code,  as well as each  person who is
                           required to report under the Code. The Review Officer
                           will inform  each  person of his or her status  under
                           the  Code  and   applicable   reporting   and   other
                           requirements  no later than 10 days  before the first
                           quarter  in  which  he or she is  obligated  to begin
                           reporting.

                  (2)      The  Review  Officer  will,  on  a  quarterly  basis,
                           compare  reported  personal  securities  transactions
                           with each  Fund's  completed  portfolio  transactions
                           during  the   quarter   covered  by  the  reports  to
                           determine whether a Code violation may have occurred.
                           The  Review   Officer  also  will  compare   reported
                           personal  securities  transactions  with  a  list  of
                           securities  that were  considered for purchase by the
                           Fund during the quarter  covered by the reports,  and
                           otherwise review the personal securities transactions
                           to  determine  whether  a  Code  violation  may  have
                           occurred.  The Review Officer may request  additional
                           information  or take any  other  appropriate  measure
                           that the Review  Officer  decides is necessary to aid
                           in this determination.

                  (3)      Before  determining  that a person has  violated  the
                           Code,  the  Review  Officer  must give the  person an
                           opportunity to supply explanatory material. No person
                           is  required to  participate  in a  determination  of
                           whether he or she has  committed a Code  violation or
                           of the imposition of any sanction  against himself or
                           herself.

                  (4)      If  required,  the Review  Officer will submit his or
                           her own reports to an  Alternate  Review  Officer who
                           will  fulfill the duties of the Review  Officer  with
                           respect to such reports. If a securities  transaction
                           of the Review  Officer is under review for a possible
                           violation,  an  officer  of the Bank will act for the
                           Alternate Review Officer for purposes of this Section
                           IX.

         (c)      Sanctions.

                  If the Review  Officer finds that a person  violated the Code,
                  the Review Officer may: (i) impose upon the person a notice or
                  notices of censure; (ii) notify appropriate Bank personnel for
                  further action;  and/or (iii) recommend  specific sanctions to
                  appropriate Bank personnel, such as suspension for one week or
                  more  without  pay,   reductions  in  leave,   elimination  of
                  [discretionary] bonuses and similar payments,  disgorgement of
                  profits, dismissal and referral to authorities.

X.                Recordkeeping.

         The Bank will maintain  records as set forth below,  which will be made
         available for  examination  by  representatives  of the  Securities and
         Exchange Commission and other regulatory entities.

         (a)      A copy of this Code and any other code of the Bank,  which is,
                  or at any time within the past five years has been,  in effect
                  will be preserved in an easily accessible place.

         (b)      A record of any Code violation and of any sanctions taken will
                  be preserved in an easily  accessible place for a period of at
                  least five years following the end of the fiscal year in which
                  the violation occurred.

         (c)      A copy  of each  report  submitted  under  this  Code  will be
                  preserved  for a period of at least five years from the end of
                  the fiscal  year in which it is made,  for the first two years
                  in an easily accessible place.

         (d)      A record of all  persons,  currently  or within  the past five
                  years,  who are or were required to submit  reports under this
                  Code, and a list of those persons who are or were  responsible
                  for reviewing  these reports,  will be maintained in an easily
                  accessible place.

         (e)      A copy of each  annual  issues and  certification  report,  as
                  required by Section  XI.(c) of this Code,  must be  maintained
                  for at least five  years  from the end of the  fiscal  year in
                  which it is  made,  for the  first  two  years  in any  easily
                  accessible place.

XI.               Miscellaneous.

         (a)      Confidentiality.  All reports and other information  submitted
                  to  the  Bank  pursuant  to  this  Code  will  be  treated  as
                  confidential,  provided that such reports and  information may
                  be produced to the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and
                  other regulatory authorities.

         (b)      Interpretation of Provisions.  The Bank may from time to time
                     adopt such interpretations of this Code as appropriate.

         (c)      Annual Issues and  Certification  Report.  At least once a
                  year, the Review Officer will provide each Fund with a written
                  report that:

                  (1)      describes  issues that arose during the previous year
                           under the Code or procedures  thereto,  including any
                           material  Code  or  procedural  violations,  and  any
                           resulting sanctions; and

                  (2)      certifies   to  the  Fund's  board  of  directors  or
                           trustees   that  the  Bank  has  adopted   procedures
                           necessary  to prevent any of its access  persons,  as
                           defined under Rule 17j-1, from violating the Code.

Adopted:  ___________________, 2000





<PAGE>


                                    GLOSSARY

Beneficial  ownership  means  the  same  as it  does  under  Section  16 of  the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934.  You should  generally  consider  yourself the
beneficial  owner of any  securities  in which  you  have a direct  or  indirect
pecuniary  interest.  In addition,  you should consider  yourself the beneficial
owner of securities  held by your spouse,  your minor  children,  a relative who
shares  your  home,  or other  persons by reason of any  contract,  arrangement,
understanding  or  relationship  that provides you with sole or shared voting or
investment power.


High quality short-term debt instrument means any instrument that has a maturity
at  issuance  of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the two  highest
rating categories by a nationally  recognized  statistical  rating  organization
(e.g., Moody's Investors Service).


Initial  public  offering means an offering of securities  registered  under the
Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which,  immediately  before  registration,
was not subject to the reporting  requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.


Limited  offering means an offering that is exempt from  registration  under the
Securities  Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2),  Section 4(6),  Rule 504, Rule
505 or Rule 506.


Purchase or sale of a security  includes,  among other things, the writing of an
option to purchase or sell a security.


Security  means the same as that set forth in Section  2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act,
except  that it does not  include  direct  obligations  of the U.S.  Government,
bankers'  acceptances,  bank  certificates of deposit,  commercial  paper,  high
quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements, and shares
issued by registered, open-end mutual funds.


A security held or to be acquired by a Fund means (A) any security that,  within
the most recent 15 days (i) is or has been held by the Fund, or (ii) is being or
has been  considered  by the Fund's  adviser or  subadviser  for purchase by the
Fund, and (B) any option to purchase or sell, and any security  convertible into
or exchangeable for, any security.


A security is being purchased or sold by a Fund from the time a purchase or sale
program has been  communicated  to the person who places buy and sell orders for
the Fund until the program has been fully completed or terminated.


A  security  is being  considered  for  purchase  by a Fund when a  security  is
identified as such by the Fund's adviser or sub-adviser.



<PAGE>



                                   APPENDIX A
          Initial and Annual Report of Securities Holdings and Accounts

Name of Reporting Person:  ______________________
Date Person Became Subject to the Code's Reporting Requirements:  _____________
Information in Report Dated As Of:  _________________
Date Report Due:  _________________
Date Report Submitted:  _______________
If this is your first list of  securities  holdings and  accounts,  please check
here. 9 If this is an annual report, calendar year ended: __________________
<TABLE>
<S>                                          <C>                                <C>

Securities Holdings
---------------------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------------------------------------

            Name of Issuer                      Title of Security             Number of Shares, Principal Amount,
                                                                                Interest Rate and Maturity Date
                                                                                        (as applicable)
---------------------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------------------------------------

---------------------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------------------------------------

---------------------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------------------------------------

---------------------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------------------------------------

---------------------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------------------------------------
If you have no securities holdings to report, please check here.  9

If you do not want this report to be  considered  as an admission  that you have
beneficial  ownership of one or more  securities  listed above,  please describe
below and indicate which securities are at issue:


Securities Accounts
---------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------

    Name of Broker, Dealer or Bank           Name(s) on and Type of Account            Date Account Established
                                                                                       (for annual reports only)
---------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------

---------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------

---------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------

---------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------

---------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------
</TABLE>

If you have no securities accounts to report, please check here.  9

I certify  that I have  included  on this  report all  securities  holdings  and
accounts  required  to be  reported  pursuant  to the Wells  Fargo  Bank Code of
Ethics.

---------------------              --------------
Signature                          Date



<PAGE>


                                   APPENDIX B
                                Quarterly Report

Name of Reporting Person:  _____________________
Calendar Quarter Ended:  _______________________
Date Report Due:  ___________ 10,200  __________
Date Report Submitted:  _______________________
<TABLE>
<S>                <C>            <C>       <C>                  <C>            <C>         <C>

Securities Transactions
-------------- -------------- ----------- ------------------- -------------- --------- -------------------------------
                                            No. of Shares
    Name                                   Principal Amt.,
     of           Date of      Title of     Interest Rate,       Type of                 Name of Broker, Dealer or
   Issuer       Transaction    Security     Maturity Date      Transaction    Price          Banking Effecting
                                           (as applicable)                                      Transaction
-------------- -------------- ----------- ------------------- -------------- --------- -------------------------------
-------------- -------------- ----------- ------------------- -------------- --------- -------------------------------

-------------- -------------- ----------- ------------------- -------------- --------- -------------------------------
-------------- -------------- ----------- ------------------- -------------- --------- -------------------------------

-------------- -------------- ----------- ------------------- -------------- --------- -------------------------------
-------------- -------------- ----------- ------------------- -------------- --------- -------------------------------

-------------- -------------- ----------- ------------------- -------------- --------- -------------------------------
-------------- -------------- ----------- ------------------- -------------- --------- -------------------------------

-------------- -------------- ----------- ------------------- -------------- --------- -------------------------------
-------------- -------------- ----------- ------------------- -------------- --------- -------------------------------

-------------- -------------- ----------- ------------------- -------------- --------- -------------------------------

If you had no reportable securities transactions during the quarter, please check here.  9

If you do not want this report to be  considered  as an admission  that you have
beneficial  ownership of one or more  securities  listed above,  please describe
below and indicate which securities are at issue:


Securities Accounts
---------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------

    Name of Broker, Dealer or Bank           Name(s) on and Type of Account          Date Account was Established
---------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------

---------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------

---------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------

---------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------
</TABLE>

If you did not establish any securities accounts during the quarter, please
check here.  9

I certify that I have included on this report all  securities  transactions  and
accounts  required  to be  reported  pursuant  to the Wells  Fargo  Bank Code of
Ethics.

--------------------               ----------------
Signature                          Date



<PAGE>


                                   APPENDIX C
                               Certification Form

TO:               Review Officer
FROM:             ___________________
DUE DATE:         ___________________
RE:               Wells Fargo Bank Code of Ethics Certification

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Initial Certification

I CERTIFY  THAT (1) I HAVE READ AND  UNDERSTAND  THE  WELLS  FARGO  BANK CODE OF
ETHICS, (2) I AM AWARE THAT I AM SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THIS CODE, AND (3)
I WILL FULLY COMPLY WITH THIS CODE.

Name (print):              _________________________

Position:                  _________________________

Signature:                 _________________________

Date:                      _________________________

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Annual Certification

I CERTIFY  THAT (1) I HAVE READ AND  UNDERSTAND  THE  WELLS  FARGO  BANK CODE OF
ETHICS,  (2) I AM AWARE THAT I AM SUBJECT TO THE  PROVISIONS OF THIS CODE, (3) I
HAVE COMPLIED WITH THIS CODE AT ALL TIMES DURING THE PREVIOUS CALENDAR YEAR, (4)
I HAVE,  DURING THE PREVIOUS  CALENDAR  YEAR,  REPORTED  ANY AND ALL  SECURITIES
HOLDINGS, TRANSACTIONS AND ACCOUNTS THAT I AM REQUIRED TO REPORT PURSUANT TO THE
CODE, AND (5) I WILL FULLY COMPLY WITH THE CODE.

Name (print):              _________________________

Position:                  _________________________

Signature:                 _________________________

Date:                      _________________________



<PAGE>


5

                                                          EX-99.B(p)(5)

                        Galliard Capital Management, Inc.
                                 Code of Ethics

                                   Adopted Pursuant   to  Rule   204-2   of  the
                                           Investment  Advisers  Act of 1940 and
                                           Rule 17j-1 of the Investment  Company
                                           Act of 1940

INTRODUCTION
         This Code of Ethics has been  adopted by Galliard  Capital  Management,
Inc.   ("Galliard"),   a  registered  investment  adviser,  in  connection  with
investment  advisory  services it provides to its clients,  including certain of
the investment portfolios of registered investment companies (each a "Fund") and
various other institutional  accounts (together,  "Customer Accounts").  For the
purpose of this Code, all Galliard  Employees are considered "access persons" as
defined in the  Investment  Company Act of 1940 and therefore  any  requirements
that apply to "access  persons"  under this Code relative to any Fund advised by
Galliard apply to all Galliard Employees.

         This Code  contains  standards and  procedures  intended to assure that
Employees of Galliard do not use any  information  concerning the investments or
investment  intentions of a Customer  Account or their ability to influence such
investment  intentions  for  personal  gain or in a  manner  detrimental  to the
interests of a Customer Account.

         All Employees of Galliard,  which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Wells
Fargo & Company,  must also comply with the Wells Fargo Code of Ethics and Wells
Fargo Insider Trading Policy as outlined in the Wells Fargo Employee Handbook.

         The Code of Ethics Procedures,  and forms for transaction  pre-approval
and  reporting  requirements  are  incorporated  into this  Code of  Ethics  and
attached as Appendix A.

SECTION 1.          PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS

(a)      Securities Transactions.  No Employee may purchase any Security held
in a Fund or other Customer Account advised by Galliard.

(b)          Undue Influence; Disclosure of Personal Interest. No Employee shall
             cause or attempt to cause any Customer Account to purchase, sell or
             hold any  Security in a manner  calculated  to create any  personal
             benefit to the Employee. No Employee shall recommend any Securities
             transactions for a Customer Account without having disclosed his or
             her interest,  if any, in such  Securities  or the issuer  thereof,
             including, without limitation:

         (i)      his or her direct or indirect beneficial ownership of any
Securities of such issuer,

         (ii)     any position with such issuer or its affiliates, and

         (iii)    any present or proposed  business  relationship  between  such
                  issuer  or its  affiliates  and the  Employee  or any party in
                  which the Employee has a significant interest.

For the purposes of (b)(i) above,  "beneficial  ownership"  means the same as it
does  under  Section  16 of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  and  Rule
16a-1(a)(2) thereunder, which includes any securities in which an Employee has a
direct or indirect  pecuniary  interest.  In addition,  Employees are considered
beneficial  owner of any  securities  held by their spouse,  minor  children,  a
relative  who shares  their home,  or other  persons by reason of any  contract,
arrangement,  understanding or relationship  that provides Employee with sole or
shared voting or investment power.

(c)          Investment  Opportunities.  All Employees are expressly  prohibited
             from taking personal advantage of any investment  opportunity which
             is eligible for a Customer Account. Compliance Manager will closely
             review any  personal  transactions  which might be  eligible  for a
             Customer  Account but are otherwise  "not under  consideration"  as
             defined by the Code for a conflict of interest.

(d)          Confidentiality.  Except  as  required  in  the  normal  course  of
             carrying out an Employee's business responsibilities, Employees are
             prohibited  from revealing  information  relating to the investment
             intentions  or  activities  of any  Customer  Account or  otherwise
             identifying  Securities  that are being  considered for purchase or
             sale on behalf of any Customer Account.



SECTION 2.          PRE-APPROVAL OF SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

(a) Every Employee must obtain written pre-approval from the Compliance Manager,
for any  proposed  purchase or sale of a taxable,  fixed  income  security,  any
initial  public  offering  (IPO) of any  type of  security,  or for any  private
placement transaction (PPT) for any type of security for an account in which the
Employee has a direct or indirect beneficial  ownership.  A form for the purpose
of obtaining pre-approval is included in Appendix A.

(b)      Pre-approval is not required for other transactions including, but not
 limited to, the following transactions:

         (i)      purchases or sales of equity or equity-related  securities or
tax-exempt  municipal bond issues except IPO's and PPT's as outlined above;

         (ii)     purchases or sales for any account over which an Employee has
no direct or indirect influence or control; or

         (iii)  purchases made in the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro
         rata to all  holders of a class of its  Securities,  to the extent such
         rights were initially acquired from the issuer.

(c)      Purchase or sale of a Security will be prohibited if that Security:

         (i)      is being considered for purchase or sale for any Customer
Account; or

         (ii)     is being purchased or sold for any Customer Account; or

         (iii)    is currently held in any customer account, or

         (iv) involves use or possession by the Employee of material  non-public
         information.  Employee is directed to the Wells Fargo & Company  policy
         and requirements for dealing with material non-public information.

(d)      Pre-approval shall be effective for one business day following the day
 on which granted.

(e)      Employee should  understand  that obtaining  approval does not preclude
         the possibility of a potential conflict appearing after the time of the
         trade.  As a result,  Employee  may be required  to  "unwind"  pervious
         trades, even those that were previously approved under this policy.

SECTION 3.          EMPLOYEE REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

(a)      Personal Holdings Disclosure  Requirements.  Every Employee is required
         to disclose within 10 days of initial employment, all personal Security
         holdings  and personal  security  accounts  using the form  provided in
         Appendix A.  Additionally,  each Employee shall  disclose  annually all
         personal  Security  holdings and personal  security  accounts using the
         form in  Appendix  A. These  reports  must,  at a minimum,  include the
         shares,  principal  amount and identity of every  Security  held except
         those outlined in Section 6(d).

(b)      Duplicate  Trade  Confirmation  Requirement.  In  lieu  of a  quarterly
         reports of security  transactions  as  provided  in Rule  17j-1,  every
         Employee  must direct  his/her  broker(s) to supply on a timely  basis,
         duplicate   copies  of   confirmations   of  all  personal   securities
         transactions  for all accounts in which the Employee has any beneficial
         ownership.  Duplicate trade confirmations are not required with respect
         to  transactions  effected for any account over which the Employee does
         not have any  direct or  indirect  influence  or  control  or for those
         exceptions outlined in Section 6(d).

(c)      All  reports are to be filed with the  Galliard  Manger.  The  Galliard
         Compliance  Manager,  will promptly review all reports and transactions
         to assure  compliance  with this Code.  Forms of reports for compliance
         can be found in Appendix A.

SECTION 4.          SANCTIONS

    (a)      Sanctions.  An Employee who violates the restrictions  contained in
             this  Code  will  be  subject  to  disciplinary  action,  including
             disgorgement of profits made or losses avoided, and/or dismissal.

    (b)      Notification  to Funds.  The  President  of  Galliard,  or  his/her
             designee  shall  notify the Board of  Trustees of the Funds of each
             violation of this Code by any Employee and of any sanctions applied
             with respect thereto.

SECTION 5.          EXCEPTIONS

The  Compliance  Manager after  consulting  with the President of Galliard,  may
grant  exceptions  to  the  policies  contained  in  this  Code  in  appropriate
circumstances.

SECTION 6.          DEFINITIONS

(a)      "Employee"  means any director, officer or employee of Galliard.

(b)      "being  considered  for  purchase  or sale"  means,  with  respect to a
         security,  any security  eligible for Galliard  clients'  portfolio for
         which a security file has been established  and/or the issuer is in the
         corporate issuer data base.

(c)      "control" shall mean the power to exercise a controlling influence over
         the  management  or policies of a company,  unless such power is solely
         the result of an official position with such company.

(d)      "Security"  shall mean a security as defined in Section 2(a)(36) of the
         Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "Act"); provided, however, that the
         term security shall not include:

         (i)      direct obligations of the Government of the United States or
its agencies;

         (ii) high  quality  short-term  debt  instruments,  including,  but not
         limited  to,  bankers'  acceptances,   bank  certificates  of  deposit,
         commercial paper,  repurchase agreements covering any of the foregoing,
         and, other money market instruments as determined by Galliard;

         (iii)    shares of registered open-end investment companies (i.e.,
mutual funds); and

         (iv) shares of the common stock of Wells Fargo & Company. Employees are
         reminded of their  responsibilities/restrictions for employees of Wells
         Fargo regarding Wells Fargo  securities and common stock activity under
         the Insider Trading Policy of Wells Fargo.

Amended and Approved Effective June 28, 2000.

-----------------------------------------------------------------
Managing Partner
-----------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------
Managing Partner
-----------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Managing Partner
-----------------------------------------------------------------




<PAGE>















                        Galliard Capital Management, Inc.

                                 Code of Ethics



                                   Appendix A





<PAGE>


                                                     2
                        Galliard Capital Management, Inc.

                            Code of Ethics Procedures


Policy:  The Managing  Partner of Galliard in charge of compliance  shall be the
responsible  for  administrating  the Code of Ethics  including all  procedures,
reporting,  reviews and approvals  required by the Code, and shall designate the
Compliance Manager if different than himself.

Procedure:


1.       Initial Employee Acknowledgement

o                 Compliance  Manager  shall review the Galliard and Wells Fargo
                  Code of Ethics with all new employees promptly upon arrival at
                  Galliard.

o Employee shall complete the Employee Initial  Acknowledgement  form and return
to compliance manager by the 10th day of employment.

o                 Compliance  Manager shall review  holdings and inform Employee
                  of any  conflict of  interest  or other  issues with the Code.
                  Employee shall take such action as required to comply with the
                  Code.


2.       Annual Review of Code of Ethics

o                 Each year by February 28th,  Compliance Manager shall set up a
                  meeting to review the  Galliard  Code of Ethics,  Wells  Fargo
                  Code of Ethics  and AIMR Code of  Ethics  with all  Employees.
                  Attendance will be recorded.

o                 Those  Employees  who cannot  attend,  will receive the review
                  materials  individually and acknowledge they have reviewed all
                  materials presented and the Codes.

o                 Compliance  Manager  shall  report the review is  completed to
                  appropriate Wells Fargo Code  Administrator as required by the
                  Wells Fargo Code of Ethics.


3.       Annual Employee Acknowledgment

o                 Every  Employee is required  to complete  the Annual  Employee
                  Acknowledgement  form and return it to the compliance  manager
                  for review by February 28.

o                 Compliance  Manager  shall  review all  Employee  holdings and
                  inform  Employee of any  conflict of interest or other  issues
                  with the Code.  Employee shall take such action as required to
                  comply with the Code.


4.       Review of Security Transactions

o                 Employees are required to have duplicate confirmations for all
                  non-exempt  personal  security  transactions  in all  personal
                  securities accounts promptly forwarded to Compliance Manager.

o Compliance  Manager  shall review all  transactions  as received for potential
conflicts of interest or other issues with the Codes.


5.       Pre-approval Process

o                 Employee   shall  complete   Request  for  Personal   Security
                  Pre-Approval  form and submit it to Compliance  Manager before
                  any transaction requiring pre-approval under the Code.

o                 Compliance  Manager  shall  promptly  review all  requests and
                  notify Employee  whether  proposed  transaction is approved or
                  not approved.

o  Employee  shall  provide  final  details  of  transaction   through   regular
confirmation process or by other report.





<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>


                                          Galliard Capital Management, Inc.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Employee Initial Acknowledgement

Name
                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Telephone
                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Supervisor
                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Personal Holdings Disclosure

        I have attached a report that, at a minimum, includes the title, number
         of shares and principal amount of every non-exempt security that I have
         any beneficial  ownership within all of my personal securities accounts
         listed below.

 I have no holdings except for those securities exempt by the Code.

Duplicate Trade Confirmation

   I have directed the following firms (list all firms and provide account
         numbers) with which I have received,  personal  securities  accounts to
         supply duplicate  copies of  confirmations  of all personal  securities
         transactions   for  all  accounts  in  which  I  have  any   beneficial
         ownership.*

             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

I have no outside broker(s).
I hereby certify that the information  provided herein is complete and accurate.
I also  acknowledge  that I have reviewed and  understand  the Galliard  Capital
Management,  Inc.  Code of Ethics,  the Wells Fargo & Company Code of Ethics and
Wells  Fargo  Insider   Trading  Policy  and  have  complied  with  all  of  its
requirements.



-----------------------------------------        ------------------------------------------------------------------
Dated                                                                                   Signature



<PAGE>


                                          Galliard Capital Management, Inc.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Employee Annual Acknowledgement

Name
                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Telephone
                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Supervisor
                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Personal Holdings Disclosure

   I have  attached a report that,  at a minimum,  includes the  identity,
         number of shares and principal amount of every non-exempt security that
         I have any beneficial  ownership  within all of my personal  securities
         accounts listed below.

 I have no holdings except for those securities exempt by the Code.

Personal Securities Accounts Disclosure

I have personal  securities  accounts with the following  firms  (include
firm and account numbers).

             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 I have no outside broker(s).

I hereby certify that the information  provided herein is complete and accurate.
I also  acknowledge  that I have received,  reviewed and understand the Galliard
Capital  Management,  Inc.  Code of Ethics,  the Wells  Fargo & Company  Code of
Ethics and Wells Fargo Insider  Trading Policy and have complied with all of its
requirements.



-----------------------------------------        ------------------------------------------------------------------
Dated                                                                                   Signature




<PAGE>


                                          Galliard Capital Management, Inc.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               Request for Personal Security Transaction Pre-Approval

--------------------------------------------------------- -- ---------------------------------------------------------

Date and Time                                                Transaction Type
--------------------------------------------------------- -- ---------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------- -- ---------------------------------------------------------

Requested by                                                 Security
--------------------------------------------------------- -- ---------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------- -- ---------------------------------------------------------

Telephone                                                    Security Type
--------------------------------------------------------- -- ---------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------- -- ---------------------------------------------------------

Division                                                     CUSIP
--------------------------------------------------------- -- ---------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------- -- ---------------------------------------------------------

Supervisor                                                   # of Units
--------------------------------------------------------- -- ---------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

In requesting Pre-Clearance for the above transaction, I certify that:

o        I have read and agree to be bound by the Galliard  Capital  Management,
         Inc.  Code of Ethics,  and the Wells Fargo & Company Code of Ethics and
         Wells Fargo Insider Trading Policy. This proposed transaction would not
         violate any of the above.

o        This trade will not compete with and is not in conflict with any recent
         or imminent  security trade of a Fund or other client for which I am an
         Access Person.

o I have no knowledge  that this  security is  currently  being  considered  for
purchase or sale by a Fund or other client.

o        This  trade is not being  contemplated  for the  purpose  of  receiving
         personal  financial  gain in  connection  with any  recent or  imminent
         security trade of a Fund or by another client.

<TABLE>
<S>                                               <C>                                <C>                 <C>
                                                                                                       Signed
                                                   Trade Approval
   Trade Approved                                                                     Trade Disapproved

By  approving  this  trade,  I certify  that I am not aware of Reason  for trade
disapproval:  any reason this trade is in conflict  with any Wells Fargo policy,
Galliard Policy or Fund.


------------------------------- ----------------------------                              ----------------------------
------------------------------- ----------------------------         -------------------------------------------------
Signed                                                                                                         Signed


------------------------------- ----------------------------         -------------------------------------------------
------------------------------- ----------------------------                              ----------------------------
Date and Time                                                                                                    Date
------------------------------- ---------------------------- ---------------------------- ----------------------------
</TABLE>

Instructions for completion of form:
o   Complete all boxes and sign form.  Use a separate form for each security.
o Have  Compliance  Officer  approve  the  transaction,  or in his/her  absence,
another Galliard partner. o A copy of this form with original signatures must be
filed with the Galliard, Inc. Compliance Officer. o Trade must be completed with
one business day of approval, or re-approval must be obtained.



1 An  adviser  is  primarily  engaged in a  business  or  businesses  other than
advising registered  investment companies or other advisory clients if, for each
of its most  recent  three  fiscal  years or for the  period  of time  since its
organization,   whichever  is  less,  the  investment  adviser  derived,  on  an
unconsolidated  basis,  more than 50% of its total sales and  revenues  and more
than 50% of its income (or loss),  before income taxes and  extraordinary  items
from the other business or businesses.

* Copies of broker(s) documentation are to be directed to the following:
Galliard Capital Management, Inc.
Attention:  Compliance Department
800 LaSalle Avenue, Suite 2060
Minneapolis, MN  55402-2033
2 High  quality  short-term  debt  instruments  means  any  instrument  having a
maturity  at  issuance  of less  than 366 days and  which is rated in one of the
highest two rating  categories  by a Nationally  Recognized  Statistical  Rating
Organization, or which is unrated but is of comparable quality.
3 Please  note that  Schroder  Unit Trusts  Limited  does not  currently  accept
investments by US Persons into Schroders UK authorized unit trusts.

4 An IPO is an offering of securities  registered  under the Securities Act, the
issuer of  which,  immediately  before  the  registration,  was not  subject  to
reporting requirements under the federal securities laws.

5 A private placement is an offering of securities that are not registered under
the  Securities  Act because the offering  qualified  for an exemption  from the
registration provisions.

6 As defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act.

7 High  quality  short-term  debt  instruments  means  any  instrument  having a
maturity  at  issuance  of less  than 366 days and  which is rated in one of the
highest two rating  categories  by a Nationally  Recognized  Statistical  Rating
Organization, or which is unrated but is of comparable quality.
8 Please  note that  Schroder  Unit Trusts  Limited  does not  currently  accept
investments by US Persons into Schroders UK authorized unit trusts.
<PAGE>


                                                          Page 4 of 4
                                                          Section:  A-8
                                                          EX-99.B(p)(6)

                          PEREGRINE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
                                  Policy Manual

                           Use of Insider Information

SUMMARY                    Employees  shall not purchase or sell  securities  on
                           the basis of material, inside (nonpublic) information
                           for their own account or for the accounts  managed by
                           Peregrine Capital Management, nor shall they disclose
                           any material,  inside information in their possession
                           to  others  or  recommend  securities  based  on such
                           information.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STANDARDS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.       Material  inside  (nonpublic)  information is any  information  about a
         company  or the  market  for the  company's  securities  which has come
         directly  or  indirectly  from  the  company  and  which  has not  been
         disclosed  generally to the marketplace,  the dissemination of which is
         likely to affect the market price of any of the company's securities or
         is likely to be considered important by reasonable investors, including
         reasonable  speculative  investors,  in determining whether to trade in
         such securities.


2.       Information should be presumed "material" if it relates to such matters
         as dividend  increases or  decreases,  earnings  estimates,  changes in
         previously  released  earnings  estimates,   significant  expansion  or
         curtailment of operations, a significant increase or decline of orders,
         significant merger or acquisition proposals or agreements,  significant
         new products or discoveries, extraordinary borrowing, major litigation,
         liquidity problems, extraordinary management developments,  purchase or
         sale of substantial assets, etc.


3.       Information received about a company under circumstances which indicate
         that it is not yet in general circulation and that such information may
         be  attributable,  directly,  or  indirectly  to the  company  (or  its
         insiders) is deemed to be inside information.


4.       Allocation of brokerage business to broker-dealers shall not be in
         consideration of the furnishing of material inside information.


5.       If an employee has any question as to whether  information  is material
         or whether  it is inside and not  public,  he or she must  resolve  the
         question  or  questions  before  trading,   recommending   trading,  or
         divulging the information.


6.       Employees  shall not purchase or sell  securities for their own account
         or for the accounts  managed by  Peregrine  Capital  Management  on the
         basis  of  material,   non-public   information  in  their  possession.
         Employees shall not disclose any material,  inside information in their
         possession to others or recommend securities based on such information.
         Fiduciary  responsibility does not require an employee to disregard the
         limitations  imposed by the federal securities laws,  particularly Rule
         10b-5.


7.       If there is any unresolved question whatsoever in an employee's mind as
         to the applicability or  interpretation  of the foregoing  standards of
         the propriety of any desired action,  the matter must be discussed with
         Peregrine's  President or Compliance Director and the Legal Division of
         Norwest prior to trading or recommending trading.


8.       Employees with access to material or inside  information  about Norwest
         must obtain prior approval from the General  Counsel of Norwest for all
         purchases or sales of securities issued by Norwest.


9.       No employees shall invest in options,  future  contracts,  puts, calls,
         short sales or other similar  transactions  involving securities issued
         by Norwest Corporation.


10.      Employees are required to report monthly all personal securities
         transactions by or on behalf of such employee.  These
         transactions are reviewed by the Compliance Officer.







<PAGE>


                                                         Section:  A-8


                          PEREGRINE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
                                  Policy Manual

                        Employee Securities Transactions

SUMMARY                    Peregrine  prohibits  Employees  from engaging in any
                           securities   transactions   that  would  violate  its
                           Standards  of Conduct or would  create a conflict  of
                           interest  with  any of  our  clients,  including  our
                           investment management  responsibilities for the Wells
                           Fargo mutual funds.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STANDARDS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


1.       All Peregrine  employees/officers/directors  ("Employees") are required
         to get  written  Pre-Clearance  (prior  approval)  from the  Compliance
         Officer,   the   President   of  the  firm,   or  a  designate  of  the
         President/Compliance  Officer before executing any security transaction
         in any  account  in which  the  Employee  has any  direct  or  indirect
         beneficial ownership. Such transactions include, but are not limited to
         purchases or sales of securities and private  placements and purchases,
         sales,  and  exercises  of puts,  calls and  warrants.  The  Compliance
         Officer,   the   President   of  the  firm,   or  a  designate  of  the
         President/Compliance  Officer  must record the  rationale  for granting
         approval to purchase a private placement.


2.       Beneficial  Ownership  Defined.  As an Employee,  you should  generally
         consider yourself to have a "beneficial ownership" of any securities in
         which you have a direct or indirect  financial  interest.  In addition,
         you should consider yourself the beneficial owner of securities held by
         your spouse,  your minor children,  a relative who shares your home, or
         other persons by reason of any contract, arrangement,  understanding or
         relationship that provides you with sole or shared voting or investment
         power.


3.       An Employee must execute an approved security transaction within one
         business day from the date of its approval.


4.       Pre-Clearance  (with  the  exception  of  private  placements)  is  not
         required  for:  purchases  or sales  for any  account  over  which  the
         Employee  has no direct or indirect  influence  or  control;  purchases
         which are part of an automatic dividend reinvestment plan; or purchases
         made in the  exercise  of rights  issued  by an issuer  pro rata to all
         holders of a class of its  securities,  to the extent  such rights were
         initially acquired from the issuer.


5.       Employees  are  prohibited  (Pre-clearance  will not be  granted)  from
         making any  transaction  in a security  which is contrary to the advice
         given or action  taken  (except such  actions  required to  accommodate
         contributions/withdrawals) on behalf of any client with respect to that
         security;  such  prohibition is applicable for five business days after
         transactions on behalf of customer.


6.       Employees  are  prohibited  (Pre-clearance  will not be  granted)  from
         purchasing  securities  purchased for  customers  (or selling  security
         which  customers  have  been  advised  to sell or  which  are  sold for
         customers)  until such time as all intended  transactions  on behalf of
         customers have been completed.


7.       Employees  are  prohibited  (Pre-clearance  will not be  granted)  from
         purchasing  or  selling  any  security  that is  being  considered  for
         purchase or sale (under  discussion  between  members of an  investment
         team) in any customer's account.


8.       Employees are prohibited (Pre-clearance will not be granted) from
executing any transaction if that transaction:


             a)            Would result in the buying or selling of securities
                           in competition with buy or sell orders for any
                           customer's account;


             b)            Would be for the purpose of, or result in, buying or
                           selling securities to take advantage of recent or
                           imminent trades in any customer's account;


             c)            Would involve the security of a company with respect
                      to which the Employee has material non-public information;


             d)            Would involve trading in options on any of the stocks
                           held by or contemplated for any customer's account;


             e)            Would take place before a  sufficient  period of time
                           (not more than 10 business  days) has elapsed after a
                           purchase or sale transaction for a customer's account
                           for the  effects  of that  transaction  on the market
                           price to dissipate  (even if five  business  days may
                           have elapsed); or


             f)            Would involve the acquisition of a direct or indirect
                           beneficial interest in an initial public offering.


9.       No  employee  shall cause or attempt to cause any client  portfolio  to
         purchase,  sell or hold any security in a manner  calculated  to create
         any personal  benefit to the Employee.  No Employee shall recommend any
         securities  transactions for customer accounts without having disclosed
         their  interest,  if any,  in such  securities  or the issuer  thereof,
         including, without limitation;


             a)            Their direct or indirect beneficial ownership of any
                           securities of such issuer;


             b)            Any position with such issuer or its affiliates; and


             c)            Any present or proposed business relationship between
                           such issuer or its affiliates and the Employee or any
                           party  in  which  the  Employee  has  a   significant
                           interest.


10.      Employees are required to submit annually a list of the securities in
which they have a direct or indirect beneficial ownership.  New Employees should
submit a list of the securities in which they have a direct or indirect
beneficial ownership  within 10 days of employment at Peregrine.  The
Compliance Officer or his designate will review these reports.  Employees must
direct their brokers to supply to Peregrine Capital Management (attention:
Compliance Officer), on a timely basis, duplicate copies of confirmations of all
personal securities transactions and copies of periodic statements for all
accounts in which the Employee has any beneficial ownership.  These reports
require the following information (which information must be current as of
a date no more than 30 days before the annual report is submitted):
(a) The title, number of shares and principal amount of each security in which
the Employee had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership when the person
became an Employee or upon annual submittal;
(b) The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Employee maintained
an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit
of the Employee as of the date the person became an Employee or the date
of the annual submittal; and (c)  The date that the report is submitted by the
Employee.


11.      Except as required in the normal  course of carrying out an  Employee's
         business  responsibilities,  Employees are  prohibited  from  revealing
         information  relating to the  investment  intentions  or  activities of
         customer  accounts or securities that are being considered for purchase
         or sale on behalf of any account.


12.      Employees are required to report monthly all personal securities
transactions by or on behalf of such Employee within 10 days following the end
of the reporting period.  The Compliance Officer or his designate will review
these transactions.  These reports require the following information:
(a) The date of the transaction, the title, the interest rate and maturity date
(if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount of each security
involved;
(b) The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of
acquisition or disposition);
(c) The price of the security at which the transaction was effected;
(d) The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the
    transaction was effected; and
(e) The date that the report is submitted by the Employee; and
(f) With respect to any account established by the Employee in which any
securities were held during the month for the direct or indirect benefit of the
Employee:
(i)  The name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Employee
established the account;
(ii) The date the account was established; and (iii) The date that the report is
submitted by the Employee.


13.      Any  exceptions to these  standards  require prior  approval in writing
         from the President of the firm (and Wells Fargo Compliance if involving
         the mutual funds).


14.      Employee  transactions  in securities  issued or guaranteed by the U.S.
         Treasury  or any other  "Government  security"  as  defined  in Section
         2(a)(16)  of the  Investment  Company  Act  of  1940  with a  remaining
         maturity of 12 months or less, banker's acceptances,  bank certificates
         of deposit, commercial paper, repurchase agreements covering any of the
         foregoing and shares of registered  open-end  investment  companies are
         excluded from these policies and standards.


15.      Employee  transactions in municipal bonds or municipal  closed-end bond
         funds do not require prior approval, but they must be reported monthly.
         Should  Peregrine become active in purchasing  municipal  securities on
         behalf of its clients,  this exemption from the prior approval  process
         will be eliminated.


16.      Employees  who violate these  policies will be subject to  disciplinary
         action,  which could  include  disgorgement  of profits  made or losses
         avoided and/or dismissal.




<PAGE>



                                                        EX-99.B(p)(7)


                                 CODE OF ETHICS


Scope and Purpose
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>                      <C>

This Code of Ethics (the "Code") applies to:

o        all directors, officers and employees of:                            }                     }
     -        Schroder Investment Management North America               Collectively      }
              Inc.,                                                               }   "SIM }
     -        Schroder Investment Management North America               NA"               }  Collectively
              Limited                                                                      }  The "US
     -        Schroder Fund Advisors Inc., ("SFA")                                         }  Schroder
o        Schroder Investment Management International                                               }  Group"
              Limited ("SIMIL")                                                            }
o        New York based employees of Schroder US                                                    }
              Holdings Inc. ("SI") who are located on the 34th                             }
              floor of Seventh Ave, New York, N.Y. 10019.
o        all persons employed by any subsidiary of                                         }
              Schroders plc ("Schroders") who are Access                                   }
              Persons (as defined below) of any registered                                 }
              investment company managed by SIM NA.                                        }
</TABLE>

Set forth below is the Code of Ethics (the "Code") for the US Schroder Group, as
required by Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "Investment
Company  Act"),  Section  204A  of the  Investment  Advisers  Act of  1940  (the
"Advisers Act"), Rule 204-2(a)(12) under the Advisers Act and Section 20A of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"). The Code applies to every
employee (full- and part-time) of the US Schroder Group.

The objective of the Code is to ensure that all business dealings and securities
transactions  undertaken  by  employees,  whether  for  clients or for  personal
purposes, are subject to the highest ethical standards.  Incorporated within the
Code are an  Insider  Trading  Policy  and a  Personal  Securities  Transactions
Policy, which contain procedures that must be followed by all personnel.

Every employee,  by means of an Annual Certification of Compliance with the Code
of Ethics  (see  Exhibit  B),  must  retain,  read and  acknowledge  receipt and
understanding  of this Code,  which will be updated as necessary.  Any questions
regarding the Code should be referred to the appropriate Ethics Supervisor.

The Code contains  additional  restrictions  and requirements for certain Access
Persons  (as  defined in  Appendix  A),  including  all US  Schroder  Group fund
managers,  investment analysts,  traders, and those employees who, in connection
with their duties,  are aware of securities under  consideration for purchase or
sale on behalf of  clients.  Such  persons  will be notified in writing of their
status.  These  restrictions  are  designed  to  prevent  any  conflict  or  the
appearance  of any  conflict of  interest  between  trading  for their  personal
accounts and securities transactions initiated or recommended for clients.

Statement of Policies

                                 Confidentiality

         Personnel are expected to honor the confidential  nature of company and
         client affairs.  Information  designated as  confidential  shall not be
         communicated  outside  of the US  Schroder  Group or  other  affiliated
         companies  of  Schroders   other  than  to  advisers   consulted  on  a
         confidential  basis, and shall only be communicated within Schroders on
         a "need to know" basis or as  otherwise  authorized  by  management  in
         conformity with the Code.

         Personnel must also avoid making unnecessary disclosure of any internal
         information  concerning  Schroders and its business  relationships  and
         must use such  information  in a prudent and proper  manner in the best
         interests of Schroders and its clients.

                                  Level of Care

         Personnel  are expected to represent the interests of Schroders and its
         clients in an ethical manner and to exercise due skill, care,  prudence
         and  diligence in all business  dealings,  including but not limited to
         compliance  with all  applicable  regulations  and  laws,  and to avoid
         illegal  activities  and other conduct  specifically  prohibited to its
         personnel by the  respective  policies of any of the US Schroder  Group
         companies  in  relation  to which a person is a  director,  officer  or
         employee.

                                Fiduciary Duties

         All personnel have fiduciary duties:

         at all times to place the interests of their clients before their own
and not to take  inappropriate  advantage of their position, and

         to  conduct  themselves  in a manner  which  will  avoid any  actual or
potential  conflict  of  interest  or any  abuse  of a  position  of  trust  and
responsibility.

                                  Requirements

         (i)      Personnel  are  required to comply  with the  Insider  Trading
                  Policy   and   Personal    Securities    Transactions   Policy
                  incorporated herein.

         (ii)     Personnel  are  prohibited  from  receiving  any gift or other
                  thing of more than de minimis  value from any person or entity
                  that does business with or on behalf of any client.

Personnel are prohibited  from serving on the board of directors of any publicly
listed or traded  company or of any  company  whose  securities  are held in any
client portfolio,  except with the prior  authorization of the Chairman or Chief
Executive of SIM NA, the Chairman of SIMIL or, in their  absence,  a majority of
the Ethics Committee, based upon a determination that the board service would be
consistent with the interests of Schroders' clients. If permission to serve as a
director is given, the company will be placed  permanently on Section Two of the
US Schroder Group Restricted List. Transactions in that company's securities for
client  and  personal   securities   accounts  will  only  be  authorized   when
certification has been obtained from that company's Secretary or similar officer
that its directors are not in possession of material price sensitive information
with respect to its securities.

Compliance

The Ethics Committee (see Appendix A) is responsible for ensuring that a copy of
the Code is  delivered to all persons at the time of the  commencement  of their
employment with any US Schroder Group company, as well as on an annual basis. As
a condition of continuing  employment,  each employee is required to acknowledge
in writing  receipt of a copy of the Code and that he or she has  understood the
obligations  and  responsibilities  hereunder  and on an annual basis to certify
compliance with it on the form provided.

The Ethics  Supervisors  (see Appendix A) are each  responsible  for maintaining
with respect to their  company the records and filings  required  under the Code
and must report  immediately to the Ethics Committee any evidence of a breach of
the Code by any personnel.  Following such report, there will be a prompt review
of  the  situation  by the  Ethics  Committee  and,  if  necessary,  appropriate
disciplinary and/or dismissal proceedings will be instituted, including, but not
limited  to,  referral  to  the  appropriate   regulatory  agency.  Each  Ethics
Supervisor  will  conduct a regular  annual  review,  in  addition  to any other
special  reviews which may be deemed  appropriate by the Ethics  Supervisor,  to
supervise the operation of the Code  (including the Insider Trading and Personal
Securities  Transactions  Policies) and will report such reviews by January 31st
of each year to the Ethics  Committee or other senior officer of the US Schroder
Group appointed to receive this information.

Questions

All questions about an individual's  responsibilities  and obligations under the
Code of Ethics should be referred to any member of the Ethics Committee,  to the
Chief  Compliance  Officer  in New York or  London,  to the  General  Counsel of
Schroder U.S. Holdings Inc., or to the relevant Ethics Supervisor.



<PAGE>


                             INSIDER TRADING POLICY

The Scope and Purpose of the Policy

It is a  violation  of  United  States  federal  law  and a  serious  breach  of
Schroders'  policies for any employee to trade in, or recommend  trading in, the
securities  of a company,  either for his/her  personal gain or on behalf of the
firm or its clients, while in the possession of material,  nonpublic information
("inside  information")  which may come into  his/her  possession  either in the
course  of  performing  his/her  duties,  or  through  personal  contacts.  Such
violations  could  subject  you,  Schroders,  and our parent  organizations,  to
significant  civil as well as criminal  liability,  including the  imposition of
monetary penalties,  and could also result in irreparable harm to the reputation
of  Schroders.   Tippees  (i.e.,   persons  who  receive   material,   nonpublic
information)  also  may be  held  liable  if  they  trade  or  pass  along  such
information to others.

The US Insider Trading and Securities  Fraud  Enforcement Act of 1988 ("ITSFEA")
requires all  broker-dealers  and  investment  advisers to establish and enforce
written  policies  and  procedures  reasonably  designed  to  prevent  misuse of
material,  non-public  information.  Although  ITSFEA  itself  does  not  define
"insider trading",  the US Supreme Court has previously  characterized it as the
purchase or sale of securities  (which include debt instruments and put and call
options)  while  in  possession  of  information  which  is  both  material  and
non-public,  i.e.,  information  not  available to the general  public about the
securities or related  securities,  the issuer and in some cases the markets for
the  securities.  The  provisions  of  ITSFEA  apply  both to  trading  while in
possession of such information and to  communicating  such information to others
who might trade on it  improperly.  This policy  supplements  the  policies  and
procedures  set forth in SIM NA, SFA's and SI's Chinese Wall  Procedures,  which
are incorporated herein by reference.

Materiality

Insider  information is generally  understood as material  information  about an
issuer of publicly-traded  securities that has not been made known to either the
professional  investment community or to the public at large. Inside information
is material if it would be likely to have an effect on the price of the issuer's
securities or if a reasonable  investor would be likely to consider it important
in making his/her investment decision.  Such information usually originates from
the  issuer  itself  and could  include,  among  other  things,  knowledge  of a
company's  earnings or dividends,  a significant  change in the value of assets,
changes in key personnel or plans for a merger or acquisition.

For  example,  a portfolio  manager,  analyst or trader may receive  information
about an issuer's earnings or a new product in a private  communication with the
issuer.  Such information is usually considered material and is generally inside
information  because it has not been  effectively  disseminated to the public at
large. As a general rule, any  information  received from an issuer that has not
been made public in a press release or a public filing will be considered inside
information.  Upon  learning the  information,  the employee may not purchase or
sell  securities  of the  issuer  for  him/herself  or  for  any  account  under
management until the information is effectively disseminated to the public.

If an employee has received information  regarding an issuer and he/she believes
that the  information  given has not been given in breach of  fiduciary  duties,
then that person may retain and act upon the information.

Market  information  which emanates from outside the corporation but affects the
market  price of an  issuer's  securities  can also be inside  information.  For
example,  inside  information can also originate within Schroders  itself.  This
would include knowledge of activities or plans of an affiliate,  or knowledge of
securities  transactions  that are being  considered  or  executed  on behalf of
clients.  Inside  information can also be obtained from knowledge about a client
that an employee has  discovered in his/her  dealings  with that client.  Inside
information pertaining to a particular issuer could also involve another company
that has a  material  relationship  to the  issuer,  such as a major  supplier's
decision to increase its prices.

In addition,  Rule 14e-3 under the Exchange Act makes it unlawful to buy or sell
securities  while in  possession  of material  information  relating to a tender
offer,  if the person  buying or selling the  securities  knows or has reason to
know that the  information  is  nonpublic  and has been  acquired,  directly  or
indirectly from the person making or planning to make the tender offer, from the
target  company,  or from any  officer,  director,  partner or employee or other
person  acting on behalf of either the bidder or the target  company.  This rule
prohibits not only trading,  but also the  communication of material,  nonpublic
information  relating to a tender offer to another person in circumstances under
which it is reasonably foreseeable that the communication will result in a trade
by someone in possession of the material, nonpublic information.

Procedures and Responsibilities of Employees

         Personnel  who acquire  non-public  information  (that may  possibly be
material) about a company are immediately prohibited:


                           from     trading in the securities of that company or
                                    related securities and financial instruments
                                    (as  defined   below)   whether  for  client
                                    accounts,  for Schroder company accounts, or
                                    for any Personal  Account (see definition in
                                    Appendix A), and

                           from  communicating the information  either inside or
         outside Schroders except as provided below. Such personnel,  other than
         Senior  Executives  as  defined in the  Chinese  Wall  Procedures,  are
         required immediately to notify the
most  senior-ranking  available  member of the Ethics Committee (see Appendix A)
who will evaluate whether the information is both material and non-public.

         IF YOU ARE IN ANY DOUBT, SPEAK TO THE  SENIOR-RANKING  AVAILABLE MEMBER
OF THE ETHICS COMMITTEE.

         If the information is determined by this member of the Ethics Committee
to be material  and  non-public,  all  securities  of the  relevant  company (or
companies)  and related  securities or financial  instruments  will be placed on
Section One of the US Schroder Group Restricted List (see discussion below) with
immediate effect.

         Only the member of the Ethics  Committee who determined the information
to be material and  non-public may decide whether it is necessary to communicate
the Inside Information to another party, either inside or outside Schroders.  If
so, the communication  must state clearly and expressly that such information is
material,  non-public and confidential and that its possession precludes trading
for any account in any security of the specified company or any related security
or financial instrument.

         This same member of the Ethics  Committee is responsible  for notifying
the Ethics Supervisor when such information ceases to be material and non-public
and for ensuring that the  securities  of the relevant  company or companies and
related  securities  or  financial  instrument  are removed from the US Schroder
Group  Restricted  List.  The person who  initially  reported  possession of the
information  is  required  to notify the member of the Ethics  Committee  of any
change in status of the information of which he or she becomes aware.

         All employees are also  responsible  for  preventing  disclosure of any
non-public information in Schroders' possession, whether or not that information
is material, except in accordance with the procedures set out in this Policy.

         Any files likely to contain non-public  information must be kept locked
and access to  computerized  files must be restricted at all times,  except when
required  by  authorized  personnel  for the  performance  of  their  duties  at
Schroders.

         Non-public  information  which has not been deemed to be material under
2. above may be communicated  only to such personnel as require such information
for the performance of their duties at Schroders.

Penalties

Penalties for trading on or communicating  material,  nonpublic  information are
severe,  both for the  individuals  involved in such unlawful  conduct and their
employers.  Under  the  law,  a  person  can be  subject  to  some or all of the
penalties  below,  even if s/he does not personally  benefit from the violation.
Penalties include:


                                    civil injunctions;

                                    disgorgement of profits;

                                    treble  damages--fines for the access person
                                    who  committed  the  violation,  of  up to 3
                                    times the  profit  gained  or loss  avoided,
                                    whether   or   not   the   person   actually
                                    benefited;

                                    fines for the employer or other controlling
                                    person of up to the greater of $1,000,000,
                                    or 3 times the profit gained or loss
                                    avoided; and jail sentences.

Special Provisions For Trading In the Securities of Schroders plc

Special restrictions apply to dealing in the securities of Schroders plc because
staff, by virtue of their employment, may be deemed to have Inside Information:

1.       Securities  of  Schroders  plc will  not be  purchased  for any  client
         account  without  the  permission  of that  client,  and  then  only if
         permitted by applicable  law and with the prior approval of a member of
         the Ethics Committee or Ethics Supervisor.

2.       Personal securities transactions in the securities of Schroders plc are
         subject to blackout periods and other  restrictions  which are outlined
         in the Schroder London Group Staff Handbook. Copies of the restrictions
         are available from the Ethics Supervisors. Staff wishing to deal in the
         securities  of  Schroders  plc must first  contact  the  senior-ranking
         dealer in Schroders'  London  equity  dealing room who will explain the
         applicable blackout periods, restrictions and authorizations required.

US Schroder Group Restricted List

The US Schroder  Group  Restricted  List is circulated  only to those  employees
responsible for placing  securities  trades,  to members of the Ethics Committee
and to the Ethics Supervisors.

Section  One:  No  personnel  may place  trades in any  securities,  which  term
includes  options,  warrants,  debentures,  futures,  etc.,  on such  securities
(hereinafter referred to as a related security or financial instruments,  of any
company on Section One of the US Schroder Group  Restricted List for any account
whatsoever,  including  client  accounts,  Schroder company accounts or Personal
Accounts at any time.

Section  Two:  Trades in the  securities  or  related  securities  or  financial
instruments  of any company on Section Two of the US Schroder  Group  Restricted
List (which contains those companies that have an officer of a US Schroder Group
Company  on their  board of  directors,  or where a US  Schroder  Group  Company
manages a part of their balance sheet assets,  i.e.,  corporate cash rather than
pension fund assets) may only be undertaken  with the written  permission of the
appropriate Ethics Supervisor.

No approval to trade will be given by the Ethics Supervisor:

(ii)     for any securities of a company currently on Section One of the US
Schroder Group Restricted List;

(iii)    for any security of a company on Section Two of the US Schroder  Group
Restricted  List because an officer of a US Schroder Group company  serves as a
director of that company  unless the Ethics  Supervisor  (or  alternate)  can
obtain  confirmation  from that company's  Secretary or similar  officer that
its directors are not in possession of material  price  sensitive  information
with respect  to its  securities.  Permission  to trade in the  securities  of
any  company  on Section  Two of the US  Schroder  Group Restricted  List
because a US Schroder  Group  Company  manages  balance sheet assets for that
company (as opposed to pension fund assets)  will only be given if the  Ethics
Supervisor  (or  alternative)  can  obtain  confirmation  from the  portfolio
manager responsible  for that client  that no US  Schroder  Group  Company
holds any price  sensitive  information  with  respect to that company.
Permission  will not, in any event,  be given to any personnel  personally
involved in the  management of that client's account.



<PAGE>


                        PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS
                                     POLICY

Scope and Purpose of the Policy

This  Personal  Securities   Transactions  Policy  sets  out  the  policies  and
procedures  required to be followed by all personnel in  connection  with trades
for Covered Accounts in Covered  Securities (see Appendix A) in order to comply,
inter alia, with the US Schroder Group's Code of Ethics.  It sets out additional
restrictions  and  requirements  for Level One  Access  Persons  (as  defined in
Appendix A).  Further,  it sets out the policies and  procedures  required to be
followed by outside  directors  (as  defined in Appendix A) of Schroder  Capital
Funds,   Schroder   Capital   Funds   (Delaware)   and  Schroder   Series  Trust
(collectively, the "Schroder Funds").

SIM NA London, New York, SIMIL, and SI-New York Personnel

The procedures  applicable to personnel employed by SIM NA in London and the US,
SIMIL, and to SI - New York personnel vary in detail but not in principle.

Establishing an Account

Before  undertaking  any  transactions  in Covered  Securities,  employees  must
establish  an account in  accordance  with the  requirements  of their  employer
company.

New York

All  US-based  personnel  of SIM NA and SI,  unless  exempted  in writing by the
Ethics  Committee,  are required to maintain  their Covered  Accounts at Salomon
Smith Barney ("SSB") or Charles Schwab & Co. ("Schwab").  SSB and Schwab provide
an electronic  download of employees'  trades on T+1 which are accessed daily by
the  Compliance  Department.  Additionally,  both firms provide  contemporaneous
copies of monthly account  statements and trade  confirmations to the Compliance
Department.

Personnel  on  secondment  from London to New York may apply for a waiver of the
requirement  to  maintain  brokerage  accounts  at  SSB  or  Schwab  for  non-US
securities. At a minimum, such personnel must follow the procedures set forth in
the "Schroder  Investment  Management London Group Personal  Investment  Dealing
Rules" as described below and report their  transactions  in Covered  Securities
quarterly to the New York Ethics Supervisor.

London

All  London-based  personnel are required to comply with the requirements of the
"Schroder Investment Management London Group Personal Investment Dealing Rules,"
which are incorporated  herein by reference,  including placing all transactions
in Covered  Securities  through the Schroder  London dealing room.  London-based
personnel  must establish an account to deal through  Schroders'  London dealing
room  according to the  procedures  set out in the London Staff  Handbook.  Such
procedures are incorporated  herein by reference within this Personal Securities
Transactions  Policy.  Upon  establishing  an  account,  London-based  personnel
covered  by this  Policy are  required  to make  arrangements  for copies of all
contracts and confirmations to be sent to their Ethics Supervisor.

Toronto and Mexico City

All Toronto and Mexico City based SIM NA personnel may maintain Covered Accounts
at the brokerage firm of their choosing,  provided that Compliance (New York) is
notified.  These  employees  are required to provide  Compliance  with copies of
monthly/periodic account statements and trade confirmations.

Transactions

All transactions fall into one of four categories:

o        transactions prohibited by the Policy
o        transactions exempt from all provisions of the Policy
o        transactions exempt from the pre-clearance requirements but subject to
         the reporting provisions of the Policy
o        transactions subject to pre-clearance and the reporting provisions

Prohibited Transactions

All  personnel  are  prohibited  from trading for any Covered  Account where the
execution of any such transaction would violate the principles and procedures of
the Code or Insider Trading Policy and no personnel shall request  permission to
trade for any Covered Account if he or she knows that such trade:

(iv)     would result in the buying or selling of securities in competition with
         buy or sell  orders  of, or on behalf  of,  clients,  or operate to the
         detriment of such clients including,  without  limitation,  executing a
         securities transaction on a day during which any client,  including any
         investment  company for which a US  Schroder  Group  company  serves as
         investment adviser, sub-advisor or manager (a "Schroder Managed Fund"),
         has a pending  "buy" or "sell" order in that same  security  until that
         order is executed or withdrawn;

(v)      would be for the purpose of, or result in, the buying or selling of
securities to take  advantage of recent or imminent  trades of clients;

(vi)     would involve a security being considered for recommendation for
purchase or sale on behalf of a client;

(vii)    would take place before a sufficient  period of time has elapsed  after
         an open-market  purchase or sale of any such security,  by or on behalf
         of any client,  for the effects of such  purchase or sale on the market
         price to dissipate;

(viii)   would involve any security of any company  currently on the US Schroder
         Group  Restricted List or any company with respect to which such person
         has non-public  information which has not been evaluated by a member of
         the Ethics  Committee in accordance  with the provisions of the Insider
         Trading Policy;

(ix)     would involve trading in options on any of the stocks held by or
contemplated for client accounts;

(x)      would involve a "short sale" or otherwise would expose the employee to
 unlimited risk of loss.

De minimis exception:  Transactions involving shares in certain companies traded
on US stock  exchanges  or the NASDAQ,  will be approved  regardless  of whether
there are outstanding  client orders unless there is a large  outstanding  order
for the  purchase  or sale of such  securities  by  clients.  A large order will
generally occur if the US equity large cap model has been revised. Other than an
adjustment in the model,  outstanding orders for wrap fee or managed accounts or
to re-balance institutional or private accounts, will not preclude clearance for
a de minimis transaction.

The  exception  applies to  transactions  involving  no more than 500 shares per
issuer  per  week  in the  aggregate  for an  employee's  Covered  Accounts,  in
securities of companies  with market  capitalizations  of $5 billion or more. In
the case of options,  an employee may purchase or sell up to 5 option  contracts
per week to control up to 500 shares in the  underlying  security  of such large
cap company

Short Term Trading

         All personnel are strongly  advised  against  short-term  trading.  All
         personnel  are  bound  by the  Schroder  Group  policy  that no one may
         purchase  and  sell  the same (or  equivalent)  security  within  seven
         calendar days.  (Please note that all London-based  personnel are bound
         by the 60 day  holding  period  outlined  below for  Level  One  Access
         Persons.)  Such   personnel  are,  in  addition,   subject  to  tighter
         restrictions  outlined below. The trading records of all personnel will
         be reviewed  quarterly by their Ethics  Supervisor.  Any personnel that
         appear to have  established  a pattern  of short  term  trading  may be
         subject to  additional  restrictions  or penalties  including,  but not
         limited to, a limit or ban on future  personal  trading  activity and a
         requirement to disgorge profits on short-term trades.

         The Short Term Trading Prohibition shall not pertain to the exercise of
         a call sold by an employee to cover a long position.  However, although
         an employee may purchase a put to cover a long  position,  the exercise
         of such put will only be approved if the  underlying  security was held
         for the minimum  required  period (7 days or 60 days, as  appropriate).
         The exercise of a covered put is subject to the same  preclearance  and
         reporting requirements as the underlying security.

Covered Securities

Securities,  such as stocks,  bonds and options, are covered by this Policy. The
same  limitations  pertain to  transactions  in a security  related to a Covered
Security,  such as an option to  purchase  or sell a  Covered  Security  and any
security convertible into or exchangeable for a Covered Security.

Not covered by this Policy are:

o        securities which are direct obligations of the U.S. Government (i.e.,
         Treasuries)
o        any debt security directly guaranteed by any OECD member Government
o        bankers'  acceptances,  bank certificates of deposit,  commercial
         paper,  repurchase  agreements and other high quality short-term
         debt instruments2
o        shares or units in any open-end US registered investment company
         (mutual fund)
o        shares of any UK authorized unit trust3

If a security is not covered by this Policy, you may purchase or sell it without
obtaining pre-clearance and you do not have to report the transaction.

Exempt from Preclearance

         The   preclearance   requirements   do  not  apply  to  the   following
         transactions.  However, such transactions must be reported as set forth
         in the section on Reporting Requirements.


         1)       Non-discretionary Accounts
                  Transactions  effected in any Covered  Account  over which the
                  employee  has no direct or  indirect  influence  or control is
                  deemed  a  non-discretionary  account.  An  employee  shall be
                  deemed to have no direct or indirect influence or control over
                  an account only if the following conditions are met:


                                            Investment   discretion   for   such
                                            account   has  been   delegated   in
                                            writing to an independent  fiduciary
                                            and such  investment  discretion  is
                                            not  shared  with  the  employee  or
                                            decisions  for the  account are made
                                            by a  family  member  and not by the
                                            employee;

                                            The employee (and where  applicable,
                                            the  family  member)   certifies  in
                                            writing that he/she has not and will
                                            not discuss any potential investment
                                            decisions   with  such   independent
                                            fiduciary or family member; and

                                            The Ethics  Committee  approves such
                                            arrangements.

         2)       Non-Volitional Trades
                  Transactions  which  are  non-volitional  on the  part  of the
                  employee (i.e., the receipt of securities  pursuant to a stock
                  dividend or merger). However the volitional sale of securities
                  acquired  in a  non-volitional  manner is treated as any other
                  securities trade and subject to the preclearance requirements.


         3)       Automatic Transactions and Dividend Reinvestment Plans
                  Purchases  of the stock of a company  pursuant to an automatic
                  dividend  reinvestment  plan,  automatic direct stock purchase
                  plan, dividend reinvestment plan or an employee stock purchase
                  plan  sponsored by such  company.  Such  deductions  that take
                  place  on  an  automatic,   regular  (i.e..  weekly,  monthly,
                  quarterly) basis from either a paycheck or account (i.e., bank
                  account, money market account) need not be pre-cleared.

                  However the volitional  sale of such  securities is treated as
                  any other  securities  trade and  subject to the  preclearance
                  requirements.  In addition,  if an employee mails in a payment
                  to purchase securities directly from the issuer, that purchase
                  must be pre-cleared on the day the payment is mailed in to the
                  issuer (see the following section).


         4)       Rights Offerings
                  Receipt  or  exercise  of rights  issued by a company on a pro
                  rata basis to all holders of a class of security  and the sale
                  of   such   rights.   Employees   must,   however,   pre-clear
                  transactions  for  the  acquisition  of  such  rights  from  a
                  third-party or the disposition of such rights.

Trading PreClearance

Before each  transaction  in a Covered  Security,  all personnel must complete a
"Personal Securities Transaction - Request to Trade" form (see Appendix C).

U.S. Securities

Personnel  wishing to trade in US  securities  must have the form  signed by the
senior  fund  manager  present (in New York or London and  corresponding  to the
director's, officer's or employee's location) responsible for supervising client
investments  in  large  capitalization  US  equities,  small  capitalization  US
equities,  investment grade fixed income securities or high yield securities, as
appropriate,  to the effect that no client trades are presently  contemplated in
that security.  Boston-based  personnel wishing to trade in small capitalization
US equities should obtain  certification from the senior fund manager in Boston;
all other personnel wishing to trade in small  capitalization US equities should
obtain  certification  from the senior New York or London-based  (as applicable)
small company fund manager.

If you wish to purchase an initial  public  offering4 or securities in a private
placement5 you must obtain permission from the Chief Compliance Officer.

Any      employee who has been  authorized  to acquire  securities  in a Private
         Place  is  required  to  disclose  that  investment  in any  subsequent
         consideration of a client's  investment in securities of the issuer. In
         such  circumstances,  the decision to purchase securities of the issuer
         for a client  shall be subject to an  independent  review by  personnel
         with no personal interest in the matter.

Non U.S. Securities

Personnel   wishing  to  trade  in  non-US   equity   securities   must   obtain
certification, by fax if necessary, from the senior London-based SIM NA or SIMIL
fund manager responsible for supervising client investments in the country where
such  securities  are  primarily  traded.  Country funds and ADRs are treated as
non-US securities and  certification  must therefore be obtained from the senior
London based SIM NA or SIMIL fund manager responsible for the relevant country.
Approval of Trading

Final  responsibility for approving all trades,  other than those placed through
Schroders' London dealing room, rests with the Ethics Supervisor,  or in his/her
absence with any member of the Ethics  Committee.  London-based  personnel  must
send the signed  Request to Trade form to their  Ethics  Supervisor  at the same
time that the required dealing ticket is submitted to the senior-ranking  dealer
in Schroders' London dealing room.  Members of the Ethics  Committee,  including
the Ethics  Supervisor,  shall have their own personal trades,  other than those
placed through Schroders' London dealing room, approved by another member of the
Ethics Committee.

If an employee receives permission to trade a security or instrument,  the trade
must be executed  after such  permission is granted and, for US-based  personnel
before the end of the next  business  day after  permission  has been  received.
Trades  for  London-based  personnel  must be  executed  within  24 hours  after
permission is granted.  If the trade is not executed within the appropriate time
frame and the person still wishes to effect the transaction,  pre-clearance must
again be  obtained - this would be the case for limit  orders and orders such as
good-till-canceled as well.

(For Personal Equity Plans and similar vehicles which are subject to a mandatory
cooling-off  period,  trade  date  shall be  deemed  to be the date on which the
application is submitted  rather than the date on which the  cooling-off  period
expires and not the date the trade is executed.)

If an employee fails to preclear a transaction in a Covered Security, he/she may
be monetarily  penalized,  by a fine and/or disgorgement of profits or avoidance
of loss.  These types of  violations  will result in  reprimands  and could also
negatively  affect  the  person's  employment  at  Schroders.  All  preclearance
violations will be forwarded to the Ethics Committee to determine sanctions.

In cases where approval is not granted for any Covered Account transactions in a
security, Schroders will provide no compensation for any consequential losses in
a Covered Account.

Additional Restrictions and Requirements For Level One Access Persons

The following additional restrictions and requirements apply to Level One Access
Persons,  namely all US  Schroder  Group  fund  managers,  investment  analysts,
traders and those  persons who, in connection  with their  regular  functions or
duties,  obtain: (i) information regarding the purchase or sale of a security on
behalf  of a  client  or  (ii)  information  as  to  specific  securities  under
consideration  for  purchase  or sale on behalf  of  clients.  These  additional
restrictions  are  designed to prevent any  conflict  or the  appearance  of any
conflict of interest  between trading for their Covered  Accounts and securities
transactions initiated or recommended by them for clients:


                                                     Level  One  Access  Persons
                                                     are prohibited  from buying
                                                     or   selling   a   security
                                                     within seven  calendar days
                                                     before and after any client
                                                     trades  in  that  security.
                                                     Any  profits   realized  on
                                                     transactions   within   the
                                                     proscribed  periods  (based
                                                     on  the  difference  in the
                                                     price  per  share   between
                                                     that paid or  received,  as
                                                     appropriate,  by the client
                                                     and that  paid or  received
                                                     by such Access Person) will
                                                     be required to be disgorged
                                                     to the  appropriate  client
                                                     or,    if   that   is   not
                                                     possible,  to a  charitable
                                                     organization  designated by
                                                     the Ethics Committee.

                                                     Level  One  Access  Persons
                                                     are     prohibited     from
                                                     profiting  in the  purchase
                                                     and  sale of the  same  (or
                                                     equivalent)      securities
                                                     within  60  calendar  days.
                                                     This 60 day  restriction is
                                                     in  lieu  of  the   general
                                                     seven  day  restriction  on
                                                     short-term          trading
                                                     described     above.    Any
                                                     profits   realized  on  any
                                                     such short-term trades will
                                                     be required to be disgorged
                                                     to       a       charitable
                                                     organization  designated by
                                                     the Ethics Committee.

                                                     Level  One  Access  Persons
                                                     are  required to  disclose,
                                                     on      commencement     of
                                                     employment and subsequently
                                                     in  an  annual   filing  to
                                                     their  Ethics   Supervisor,
                                                     all     their      personal
                                                     securities holdings.
Reporting Requirements

All personnel are required to report his/her  transactions in Covered Securities
holdings in Covered Accounts, as follows.

         Reports of Each Transaction in a Covered Security

o        Personnel  are required to report to  Compliance,  no later than at the
         opening of business on the business day  following the day of execution
         of a trade for a Personal Account, including:

         name of security
         nature of transaction (purchase, sale, etc.)
         number of shares/units or principal amount
         price of transaction
         date of trade
         name of broker

                  SSB and Schwab provide the New York Compliance Department with
a daily report of the above information with respect to any personal  securities
transactions executed by New York-based personnel.

         Any personnel seconded from London to New York who are granted a waiver
from the  requirement  to maintain  personal  accounts  at SSB or Schwab  shall,
within ten days after the end of each  calendar  quarter,  provide  the New York
Ethics Supervisor with copies of all pre-clearance  forms and contract notes for
transactions executed through the London dealing desk.

         The reporting obligation of London-based  personnel shall be discharged
by arranging in advance for copies of contract notes/confirmations for all their
transactions to be sent automatically to Compliance upon completion of a trade.

         Initial Employment

o        No later than 10 days after initial employment with a US Schroder Group
         Company,  each employee must provide Compliance (New York or London, as
         appropriate) with a list of each Covered Security s/he owns (as defined
         above).  The  information  provided  must  include  the  title  of  the
         security,  number of shares owned, and principal  amount,  as well as a
         list of all Covered  Accounts  where Covered  Securities  are held. The
         employee will sign and date the report.

         Quarterly Reports

o        No later  than 10 days  after the end of each  calendar  quarter,  each
         employee will provide  Compliance (New York or London,  as appropriate)
         with a report of all transactions in Covered Securities in the quarter,
         including  the name of the Covered  Security,  the number of shares and
         principal amount,  whether it was a buy or sell, the price and the name
         of the broker through whom effected.  The employee will also report any
         new Covered Accounts established during the quarter, including the name
         of the  broker/dealer and the date the Covered Account was established.
         The report will be signed and dated by the employee.

         Annual Reports

o        Within 30 days after the end of the calendar, each employee must report
         all his/her holdings in Covered Securities as at December 31, including
         the  title,  number  of shares  and  principal  amount of each  Covered
         Security  the  employee  owns (as  defined  above) and the names of all
         Covered Accounts. The employee will sign and date the report.

         Exceptions:

o        An employee need not report any  transactions in Covered  Securities or
         any Covered Accounts in which s/he has no direct or indirect  influence
         or control.

o        A director of a Schroder Fund who is not an "interested person"6 is not
         required to make  initial,  quarterly or annual  reports  provided that
         s/he did not know,  nor in the ordinary  course of  fulfilling  his/her
         duties as a director,  s/he  should not have known,  that during the 15
         day period immediately before or after his/her transaction in a Covered
         Security,  the Fund purchased or sold the Covered  Security or that the
         Covered Security was considered for purchase or sale by the Fund.

         The  information  on  personal  securities  transactions  received  and
         recorded  by SIM NA and SIMIL (on  behalf of their  employees)  will be
         deemed  to  satisfy  the  reporting   obligations   contained  in  Rule
         204-2(a)(12) under the Advisers Act and Rule 17j-1 under the Investment
         Company Act. Such reports may, where  appropriate,  contain a statement
         to the  effect  that  the  reporting  of the  transaction  is not to be
         construed  as an  admission  that the person has any direct or indirect
         beneficial interest or ownership in the security.

         Reports by the Ethics Supervisors

         On a quarterly basis, the appropriate Ethics  Supervisors,  in order to
         assist them in fulfilling their regulatory obligations,  will report to
         the Boards of Trustees of the  Schroder  Funds or the  Schroder-managed
         Funds,  as  appropriate,  and the  Supervisory  Principal  of SFA,  any
         violations  of this Code and the actions,  if any,  taken by the Ethics
         Committee.

         Adopted: October 1, 1995
         Amended:     May 15, 1996
                      May 1, 1997
                      June 12, 1998
                      June 2, 1999
                      March 14, 2000



<PAGE>



                                   APPENDIX A

DEFINITIONS

"Ethics Supervisor" means the persons designated from time to time by the Ethics
Committee to administer the Code, who currently are:
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>

---------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Barbara Brooke                     Schroders U.S. Holdings Inc.
Manning for:                       Schroder Investment Management North America Inc. (New York and Mexico
(alts:) Evett Lawrence             City)
        Brian Murphy               Schroder Investment Management North America Ltd. (Toronto only)
---------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Barbara Brooke                     Schroder Fund Advisors Inc.
Manning for:                       Schroder Capital Funds
(alt:  Sandra Poe)                 Schroder Investment Management North America Inc. (New York)
                                   Schroder Capital Funds (Delaware)
                                   Schroder Series Trust
---------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Paul Martin for:                   Schroder Investment Management North America Inc. (London)
                                   Schroder Investment Management North America Limited (London)
                                   Schroder Investment Management International Limited
---------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

"Ethics  Committee"  means the  committee  designated  by the US Schroder  Group
Companies from time to time, which currently comprises:

                           Jeremy Willoughby (Chairman)
                           Richard Foulkes
                           Barbara Brooke Manning
                           Richard Mountford
                           Andrew Smethurst
                           Mark Smith

"Access  Person" will be divided into two  categories:  Level One Access  Person
means any  director,  officer or employee who is an Advisory  Person (as defined
herein) of SIM NA, SFA,  SI and the  Schroder  Funds.  All other  directors  and
officers are Level Two Access Persons.

"Advisory  Person" is any  employee  who, in  connection  with  his/her  regular
functions or duties,  makes,  participates in, or obtains information  regarding
the  purchase  or sale  of a  security  on  behalf  of any  advisory  client  or
information  regarding  securities under  consideration  for purchase or sale on
behalf of clients or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations
with respect to such purchases or sales.

A security is "being  considered for purchase or sale" when a recommendation  to
purchase or sell a security has been made or  communicated  and, with respect to
the person  making the  recommendation,  when such  person  seriously  considers
making such a recommendation.

"Covered  Account"  is an account  in which  securities  are owned by you.  This
includes IRA accounts. Under the Policy, accounts held by your spouse (including
his/her IRA accounts), minor children and other members of your immediate family
(children,  stepchildren,  grandchildren,  parents, step parents,  grandparents,
siblings,  in-laws and adoptive relationships) who share your household are also
considered  your  accounts.  In addition,  accounts  maintained by your domestic
partner (an unrelated adult with whom you share your home and contribute to each
other's support) are considered your accounts under this Policy.

If you are in any doubt as to whether an account falls within this definition of
Covered Account, please see Compliance.  Further, if you believe that there is a
reason that you are unable to comply with the Policy,  for example,  your spouse
works for another regulated firm, you may seek a waiver from Compliance.

"Covered  Securities"  generally  means  stocks,  bonds  and  options.  The same
limitations pertain to transactions in a security related to a Covered Security,
such as an  option  to  purchase  or sell a Covered  Security  and any  security
convertible into or exchangeable for a Covered Security.

Not covered by this Policy are:

o        securities which are direct obligations of the U.S. Government (i.e.,
         Treasuries)
o        any debt security directly guaranteed by any OECD member Government
o        bankers'  acceptances,  bank certificates of deposit,  commercial
         paper,  repurchase  agreements and other high quality short-term
         debt instruments7
o        shares or units in any open-end US registered investment company
         (mutual fund)
o        shares of any UK authorized unit trust8

"Disinterested  Director/Trustee"  means a Director or Trustee of the any of the
Schroder Funds who is not an "interested person" of the Funds within the meaning
of Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act or the rules thereunder.

"US Schroder Group Restricted  List" means a list of securities  determined from
time to time by the Ethics  Committee,  in  accordance  with  provisions  of the
Insider Trading Policy,  to be inappropriate for trading by personnel covered by
this Code and,  in  certain  circumstances,  by any client  portfolio  of any US
Schroder Group Company.



<PAGE>


                                                           EX-99.B.9(p)(8)

                                 Code of Ethics
                                       For
                        Employees of Smith & Summers, LLC
INTRODUCTION

         This Code of Ethics has been adopted by Smith & Summers,  L.L.C., Smith
Asset Management Group, L.P.  ("SAMG"),  a registered  investment  adviser,  and
Discovery Management, Ltd. ("DM"), which is not a registered investment adviser,
in connection with various investment  advisory services they provide to certain
of the  investment  portfolios  (each a "Client" ) of SAMG  and/or DM. This Code
contains standards and procedures  intended to assure that Employees (as defined
below) do not use any  information  concerning  the  investments  or  investment
intentions  of  a  Client,   or  their  ability  to  influence  such  investment
intentions, for personal gain or in a manner detrimental to the interests of the
Clients. The Personal Security  Transactions  Procedure,  and forms of a request
for pre-clearance and reporting  requirements are incorporated into this Code of
Ethics and attached as Appendix A.


SECTION 1.        DEFINITIONS

(a)      "Employee" means any employee, director, or officer, of Smith &
          Summers, L.L.C., SAMG, or DM.

(b)      "being  considered  for  purchase  or sale"  means,  with  respect to a
         security,  when a recommendation  to purchase or sell that security has
         been   communicated   and,  with  respect  to  the  person  making  the
         recommendation,   when  that  person  seriously  considers  making  the
         recommendation.

(c)      "Security `shall mean a security as defined in Section 2(a)(36) of the
          Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "Act"); provided, however, that
          the term shall not include:

         (i)      direct obligations of the Government of the United States;

         (ii)     high quality short-term debt instruments,  including,  but not
                  limited  to,  bankers'   acceptances,   bank  certificates  of
                  deposit,  commercial paper, repurchase agreements covering any
                  of the  foregoing,  and,  other money  market  instruments  as
                  determined by Smith & Summers, L.L.C.

         (iii)    shares of registered open-end investment companies.


SECTION 2.        PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS

(a)      Insider  Trading  Policy.  (Section 204A) Employees are prohibited from
         trading  in a  security,  on  their  behalf  or for  others,  while  in
         possession  of  material,  nonpublic  information  ("insider  trading).
         Insider  trading is a violation of the federal  securities laws and may
         result in criminal and civil  penalties  for the Employee and the Firm.
         Tipping of material, nonpublic information is also prohibited.

         The Firm considers information to be material if there is a substantial
         likelihood that a reasonable shareholder would consider it important in
         deciding how to act.  Information is considered to be nonpublic when it
         has not been  disseminated in a manner making it available to investors
         generally. Information becomes public once it is publicly disseminated;
         limited disclosure does not make the information public.

         Any questions  regarding the Firm's  insider  trading  policy should be
         directed to the Compliance Officer.

(b)      Securities   Transactions.   No  Employee   may  execute  any  Security
         transaction  in any  account  in which the  Employee  has any direct or
         indirect  beneficial  ownership  unless the  transaction  has  received
         Pre-Clearance  pursuant to Section 3, below. Such transactions include,
         but are not limited to  purchases  or sales of  Securities  and private
         placements  and  purchases,  sales  and  exercises  of puts,  calls and
         warrants.

(c)      Undue  Influence:  Disclosure of Personal  Interest.  No Employee shall
         cause or  attempt to cause any Client to  purchase,  sell,  or hold any
         Security in a manner  calculated to create any personal  benefit to the
         Employee. No Employee shall recommend any Securities transactions for a
         Client  without having  disclosed his or her interest,  if any, in such
         Securities or the issuer thereof, including, without limitation:

         (i)      his or her direct or indirect beneficial ownership of any
                  Securities of such issuer;

         (ii)     any position with such issuer or its affiliates; and

         (iii)    any present or proposed  business  relationship  between  such
                  issuer  or its  affiliates  and the  Employee  or any party in
                  which the Employee has a significant interest.

(d)      Investment Opportunities.  All Employees are expressly prohibited from
         taking personal advantage of any investment opportunity
         which is to the detriment of the Client.

(e)      Confidentiality.  Except as required  in the normal  course of carrying
         out an Employee's business  responsibilities,  Employees are prohibited
         from revealing  information  relating to the  investment  intentions or
         activities of any Client or Securities  that are being  considered  for
         purchase or sale on behalf of any Client.


SECTION 3.        PRE-CLEARANCE OF SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

(a)      Every  Employee must obtain written  pre-clearance  from the Compliance
         Officer or her designee,  for any  securities  transaction in which the
         Employee has a direct or indirect beneficial ownership.  A form for the
         purpose of obtaining pre-clearance is included in Appendix A.

(b)      Pre-Clearance is not required for any of the following transactions:

         (i)      purchases or sales for any account over which an Employee has
                  no direct or indirect influence or control.;

         (ii)     purchases which are part of an automatic dividend reinvestment
                  plan; or

         (iii)    purchases  made in the exercise of rights  issued by an issuer
                  pro rata to all holders of a class of its  Securities,  to the
                  extent such rights were initially acquired from the issues.

(c)      A Prohibited Security is any Security that either:

         (i)      is being considered for purchase or sale for any Client;

         (ii)     is being purchased or sold for any Client; or

         (iii) has been  purchased or sold for any Client within the preceding 7
               calendar days.

For the purposes of this section, a purchase and sale of a Security for a Client
includes  an  initial  and a final  purchase  and  sale  as well as any  interim
adjustments to a Client's position.

(d)      Approval will be granted for transaction in a Prohibited Security which
         immediately follows the completion of all Client purchases and sales of
         that  Security and is the same  direction as the Client's  transactions
         (i.e. a purchase which follows the  completion of all Client  purchases
         or a sale which follows the completion of all Client sales).

(e)      Except  as  provided  above,  approval  will  not be  granted  for  any
         transaction in a Prohibited Security. In addition, approval will not be
         granted for any transaction in any Security if that transaction:

         (i)      would  result  in the  buying  or  selling  of  securities  in
                  competition with buy or sell orders of any Client,  or operate
                  to the detriment of a Client, including executing a securities
                  transaction  on a day during  which a Client has a pending buy
                  or sell order for that same Security;

         (ii)     would be for the purpose of, or result in, buying or selling
                  securities to take advantage of recent or imminent trades
                  by a Client;

         (iii)    would involve the Security of a company with respect to which
                  the Employee has material non-public information;

         (iv)     would involve trading in options on any of the stocks held by
                  or contemplated for a Client;

         (v)      would  take  place  before  a  sufficient  period  of time has
                  elapsed  after a purchase or sale of the  Security by a Client
                  for the  effects  of the  Client's  transaction  on the market
                  price to dissipate  (even though seven  calendar days may have
                  elapsed); or

         (vi)     would,  in the  case  of  Investment  Personnel,  involve  the
                  acquisition of a direct or indirect interest in any securities
                  in an initial public offering.

(f)      Pre-Clearance shall be effective for one business day following the day
         on which granted.


SECTION 4.        COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES FOR THE CODE OF ETHICS

The Compliance  Officer is responsible for monitoring  Employee  compliance with
the Code of  Ethics,  insuring  that all  Employees  comply  with the Code,  and
enforcing the Code's requirements and prohibitions.  The Compliance Officer will
respond to any questions regarding the Code of Ethics.

(a)      Personal Holdings Disclosure Requirement/Annual  Certifications.  Every
         Employee is required,  upon his/her initial  designation as an Employee
         to disclose all of his/her personal  Securities  holdings and accounts.
         On  an  annual  basis,  the  Compliance  Officer  will  distribute  and
         subsequently obtain a certification from each Employee, as described in
         the Code of Ethics.  If the  Employee  does not  promptly  deliver  the
         requested certification, the Compliance Officer will notify one or more
         Managing Directors.

(b)      Duplicate Trade  Confirmation  Requirement.  Every Employee must direct
         his/her  broker(s)  to supply on a timely  basis,  duplicate  copies of
         confirmations  of all personal  securities  transactions  and copies of
         periodic  statements  for all  accounts in which the  Employee  has any
         beneficial  ownership.  Duplicate trade  confirmations are not required
         with  respect to  transactions  effected for any account over which the
         Employee does not have any direct or indirect influence or control.

(c)      All reports are to be filed with the Compliance Officer of Smith &
         Summers, LLC, or her designee.  Forms of reports forcompliance can be
         found in Appendix A.

(d)      Reviewing  Personal  Securities  Transactions.  The Compliance  Officer
         will,  on at least a quarterly  basis,  compare  Request  for  Personal
         Securities  Transaction Forms with duplicate  brokerage  confirmations,
         quarterly/monthly   brokerage   account   statements,   and   quarterly
         transaction  reports to ensure that each  Employee  has  requested  and
         obtained approval for each personal  securities  transaction during the
         quarter.  If the Compliance  Officer does not receive  confirmations or
         statements  on a timely basis,  or quarterly  reports no later than the
         10th day  following the end of each calendar  quarter,  the  Compliance
         Officer will contact the  Employee(s) to request such  document(s).  If
         the Employee does not promptly deliver the requested  document(s),  the
         Compliance Officer will notify one or more Managing Directors.

(e)      Requests for Personal Securities Transactions.  The Compliance Officer
         will review all Request for Personal Securities Transaction Forms and
         determine whether to grant such requests.  Before determining whether
         to grant a request the Compliance Officer will obtain a report that
         shows whether one or more advisory clients own the security for which
         approval is sought.  The report will also show the number of shares
         (or the principle amount, as applicable) owned by clients.  The
         Compliance Officer will consider such report, and any other information
         the Compliance Officer believes is necessary or appropriate, in
         determining whether to grant a request.  If an Employee seeks approval
         to acquire a privately placed security, the Compliance Officer will
         record, in writing, the reasons supporting any decision to approve the
         acquisition.  The Firm will maintain such written records for at least
         five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is
         granted.


SECTION 5.        SANCTIONS

(a)      Sanctions.  If the  Compliance  Officer  finds  that  an  Employee  has
         violated the Code of Ethics,  the Compliance Officer will notify one or
         more Managing  Directors.  The Managing  Directors  will  determine and
         impose appropriate  disciplinary  action,  which may include a warning,
         disgorgement of profits made or losses avoided, and/or dismissal.


SECTION 6.        EXCEPTIONS

The Managing  Directors,  or their designee may grant exceptions to the policies
contained in the Code in appropriate circumstances.













I  ____________________________________,  an employee of Smith and Summers,  LLC
acknowledge  receipt and review of the Code of Ethics and the forms incorporated
in Appendix A.




------------------------   ------------------------
Name:                                       Date


<PAGE>


Date of last revision:                                      September 2000

                                                             EX-99.B(p)(9)

WELLS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT







                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                   POLICY ON PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS
                                       AND
                                 INSIDER TRADING



                                  Version 7.00


<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                      <C>

    Wells Capital Management Code of Ethics 7.00
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
I.       INTRODUCTION.....................................................................................3

    I.1    CODE OF ETHICS.................................................................................3
           I.2    "ADVISORY REPRESENTATIVE"...............................................................3
           I.3    "BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP"..................................................................3
II.
        PENALTIES.........................................................................................5


    II.1   VIOLATIONS OF THE CODE.........................................................................5
           II.2   PENALTIES...............................................................................5
           11.3   DISMISSAL AND/OR REFERRAL TO AUTHORITIES................................................5
III.     EMPLOYEE TRADE PROCEDURES........................................................................7

  III.1    PRE-CLEARANCE..................................................................................7

           III.2  TRADE  REPORTS..........................................................................8
         III.3    POST-REVIEW.............................................................................9
         III.4    PRE-CLEARANCE AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS................................................9
         III.5    CONFIDENTIALITY.........................................................................9
         III.6    ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF BROKERAGE ACCOUNTS...................................................10
         III.7    INITIAL AND ANNUAL HOLDINGS REPORT.....................................................10
IV.      RESTRICTIONS....................................................................................11

  IV.1   RESTRICTED SECURITIES...........................................................................11

         IV.2     SHORT-TERM TRADING PROFITS (60-DAY TRADING RULE).......................................12
         IV-3              BLACKOUT PERIODS..............................................................12
         IV.4              NSIDER TRADING................................................................13
         IV.5              GIFTS AND HOSPITALITY.........................................................13
         IV.6              DIRECTORSHIPS AND OTHER OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT....................................13
V.       REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS.........................................................................14

  V.I INVESTMENT ADVISERS ACT OF 1940 AND INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940.................................14

         V.2 REGULATORY
           CENSURES......................................................................................14
VI.      ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND CERTIFICATION................................................................15
VII.     FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQS)...............................................................16

</TABLE>

<PAGE>





Wells Capital Management Code of Ethics 7.00
I.       INTRODUCTION


        I.1 Code Of Ethics           Wells Capital Management (Wells Capital),
                                     as a registered investment adviser, has
                                     an obligation to maintain a policy
                                     governing personal securities transactions
                                     and insider trading by its officers and
                                     employees.  This Code of Ethics and Policy
                                     on Personal Securities Transactions and
                                     Insider Trading ("Code") is adopted under
                                     Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act
                                     and Section 204A of the Investment Advisers
                                     Act.  This Code outlines the policies and
                                     procedures for such activities based on
                                     the recognition that a fiduciary
                                     relationship exists between Wells Capital
                                     and its clients.  All references in this
                                     Code to employees, officers, directors,
                                     accounts, departments and clients refer to
                                     those of Wells Capital.

                                     In addition to this Code,  please  refer to
                                     the  policies  outlined in the Handbook for
                                     Wells  Fargo  Team  Members  and the  Wells
                                     Fargo Code of Conduct and Business Ethics.

                                     Acknowledgment  of,  and  compliance  with,
                                     this Code is a condition of  employment.  A
                                     copy of the Code and  applicable  forms are
                                     available on Wells Capital's common drive:

                                     As an employee, you must -
o        Be ethical
o        Act professionally
o        Improve competency
o        Exercise independent judgment

I.2  "Advisory  For the  purposes  of this  Code,  Wells  Capital  defines
     "advisory Representative" representative"   as  any  director,
      officer   or   employee,    who   in connection with his or her
      regular functions or duties -

o        makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the
         purchase or sale of a security for an advisory client, or
o        whose functions are related to the making of any
         recommendations with regard to such purchases or sales.

Because  all  personnel  may at  some  time access  or  obtain investment
information,  Wells Capital  designates all  employees  (including  independent
contractors,  if deemed appropriate) as "advisory representatives," and thereby
subject to the policies and  procedures of  the  Code.  The  list  of  advisory
personnel will be updated each quarter.

I.3 "Beneficial Personal securities transaction reports should include all
accounts Ownership"  for which you have direct or indirect control.
These include accounts over which you have any control, influence, authority,
either with or without beneficial interest, whether directly or
indirectly, including -


<PAGE>


Wells Capital Management Code of Ethics 7.00

o     accounts of immediate family members in the same household; and
o     any other account including but not limited to those of
      relatives and friends, over which you direct activities.

Direct and indirect control may be further construed to include accounts for
which an Advisory Representative is sole owner,  joint owner, trustee,
co-trustee, or attorney-in-fact.

I.

<PAGE>


Wells Capital Management Code of Ethics 7.00
II.      PENALTIES


      II.1                           Violations  of the  Code The  firm's  Chief
                                     Compliance  Officer will report  violations
                                     of the  Code on a  quarterly  basis  to the
                                     President.   Each  Advisory  Representative
                                     should  immediately  report  to  the  Chief
                                     Compliance  Officer any known or reasonably
                                     suspected  violations of this Code of which
                                     he or she becomes aware.

      II.2 Penalties  Penalties may be imposed on an Advisory  Representative as
follows:

o        Minor Offenses  -
                                            >  First  minor   offense  -  Verbal
                                            warning;  > Second  minor  offense -
                                            Written   notice;   >  Third   minor
                                            offense  -  $1,000.00   fine  to  be
                                            donated     to     the      advisory
                                            representative's charity of choice*;
o        Substantive Offenses -
                                            >  First   substantive   offense   -
                                            Written notice; > Second substantive
                                            offense - $1,000 or  disgorgement of
                                            profits (whichever is greater) to be
                                            donated     to     the      advisory
                                            representative's charity of choice*;
                                            >  Third   substantive   offense   -
                                            Termination  of  employment   and/or
                                            referral to authorities.

                                       Minor offenses include the following:
                                       failure or late submissions
                                       of  quarterly  trade  reports  and signed
                                       acknowledgments  of Code of Ethics  forms
                                       and  certifications,  failure  to request
                                       trade   pre-clearance,   and  conflicting
                                       pre-clear  request  dates  versus  actual
                                       trade dates.

                                       Substantive    offenses    include    the
                                       following:  unauthorized purchase/sale of
                                       restricted  securities  outlined  in  the
                                       Code,  violations of seven-day blackouts,
                                       short-term  trading  for  profit  (60-day
                                       rule),  trading in conflict with clients'
                                       transactions  (such as the  appearance of
                                       potential front-running or scalping), and
                                       insider trading.


<PAGE>


Wells Capital Management Code of Ethics 7.00




Wells  Capital   reserves  the  right  to escalate  the  terms  of  this
Penalties section at any time and to use corrective action that it determines
is appropriate (including  referral  to  authorities)  -
and,   if    necessary,    to   terminate employment immediately.

* The fines  will be made  payable to the Advisory Representative's charity  of
  choice and turned over to Wells  Capital, which in turn will mail the donation
  check   on   behalf   of   the   advisory representative.

II.3      Dismissal and/or Repeated violations of the Code may result in
          dismissal. In addition, a Referral to single flagrant violation, such
          as fraud or insider trading, will result Authorities in dismissal and
          referral to authorities.

The firm's Chief Compliance Officer will forward potential Code violations
involving affiliated mutual funds to Wells Fargo Bank Mutual Fund Compliance.



<PAGE>


Wells Capital Management Code of Ethics 7.00



II.      EMPLOYEE TRADE PROCEDURES


      III.1          Pre-clearance

o All Advisory Representatives  in the firm must pre-clear personal securities
  transactions as specified in Section

     III.4.

o        All pre-clearance requests must be submitted via electronic mail to
         WCM Risk Manage in the Global Address List. This will allow anyone in
         the Compliance group to pre-clear requests at all times. Responses will
         be sent  back  via  electronic  mail. Exceptions will be made only for
         telephone requests from Advisory Representatives  who  are  out of the
         office on business or on vacation. It is the responsibility of the
         Advisory Representative to ensure that Compliance receives pre-
         clearance requests.  If it appears that E-mail is down,  please contact
         anyone from the Compliance group directly.

o        At a minimum, indicate the following information on your pre-clearance
         request -
                   (a)    Transaction Type:  BUY or SELL
                   (b)    Security Description / Ticker or CUSIP
                   (c) Security Type: Common Stock, Options, or Bonds

o        Telephone requests from beneficial account holders outside the firm
         will be accepted.  Responses to requests will be forwarded to the
         Advisory Representative via electronic mail.

o        Requests may be submitted from 7:00 am (Pacific) until an hour
         before the market closes for the day. Barring any problems with systems
         access  (i.e.,   SEI,   Advent/Moxy), responses  will be made no more
         than an hour from the receipt of request.

o        Pre-cleared trades are valid for same day trades only.  No exceptions.

o        Pre-clearance does not preclude the possibility of a potential conflict
         appearing  after the  execution of an employee trade. Trades will  be
         screened for blackout  violations and other conflicts, but quarter-end
         review of each personal trade will reveal conflicts occurring after the
         trade  is  executed   (for   example, 60-day rule violation).

o        The use of the electronic mail system ensures that each report is date-
         stamped, and it is the responsibility of each Advisory Representative
         to ensure that the report has been received by Wells Capital
         Compliance. Personal  securities  transactions should be reported,
         whether pre-cleared or not.


<PAGE>



Wells Capital Management Code of Ethics 7.00


    III.2 Trade Reports

o    Quarterly Trade Reports which list personal securities transactions
     for the quarter must be submitted by all employees no later than the
     10th day after the end of each calendar quarter.  This 10-day deadline
     is a federal requirement and includes weekends and holidays.  If the
     10th day falls on a weekend or a holiday, the report is due the
     business day immediately preceding this deadline.

o    Quarterly Trade Reports must be submitted using the Quarterly Trade
     Report form to Wells Capital Compliance,  either via email (to WCM Risk
     Manage)or via MAC (A0103-101). If there are no activities for the quarter,
     a report indicating such is still required to be submitted.

o    Wells Capital requires duplicate copies of trades confirms and monthly
     or quarterly brokerage account statements  to be forwarded to Compliance.
     If your broker is unable to directly send duplicate copies,  please inform
     Compliance in writing to document this. Use the Request  for Dupe  Confirms
     form to submit your request to your brokers (with a cc to Wells Capital
     Compliance).

o    When opening or closing brokerage accounts, please notify Compliance
     in writing (quarterly) by using the Acknowledgment of Brokerage
     Accounts form.

     Forms  relating to the Code of Ethics are available in the common drive
     under the Wells Cap-News/Risk Management/Code of Ethics folder.


<PAGE>


Wells Capital Management Code of Ethics 7.00



      III.3

               Post-review  Wells Capital  Compliance  will
               match   any    broker    confirms/statements
               received    to    pre-clearance    requests.
               Discrepancies  will be documented and may be
               subject  to  censures,  as  outlined  in the
               PENALTIES section of this Code.

Employee  transactions will also be screened for the following:

o    Same day trades:  Transaction occurring on the same day as the purchase or
     sale of the same security in a managed account.

o    7-day Blackout period:  Transaction up to and including seven calendar
     days before and after the purchase and/or sale of the same security in a
     managed account as described in Sec. I.V.3 of the Code (For
     non-S&P500 securities).  Note:  All interim activity is considered,
     not just the initial purchase or sale of a security.

o    Short-term trading profits: Purchase/Sale, or vice versa, occurring
     within  60  days  in the  same  security resulting in net profit.
     Advisory Representatives  are  responsible for ensuring that the 60-day
     rule is observed when sale requests are made for securities previously
     purchased, or vice versa.

o    Other Potential conflicts:  Certain transactions may also be deemed
                                 in  conflict  with  the  Code  and  will
                                 warrant additional review,  depending on
                                 the  facts  and   circumstances  of  the
                                 transaction.







III.4 Pre-Clearance and
Reporting Requirements
                          The table below indicates pre-clearance and reporting
                          requirements. Requirements for all other security type
                          transactions must be checked with Compliance.


Security Type             Pre-Clearance       Qtrly
                                             Reporting
Equity transactions*             Yes             Yes
Fixed Inc transactions           Yes             Yes
Wells Fargo stock                No              Yes
Open-ended MF                    No              No
Proprietary MF                   No              No
US Tsy/Agencies                  No              No
Short term/cash equiv.           No              No
SPP/DRIPs- auto purch**          No              No

*Including options, exchange-traded closed-end mutual funds.  **Sale of stocks
from  SPP or DRIPS: Please notify Wells Capital Compliance in writing of the
sale and include transactions in your quarterly reports.


<PAGE>


Wells Capital Management Code of Ethics 7.00


III.5 Confidentiality           All reports of personal securities transactions,
                                holdings and any other information filed
                                pursuant to this Code will be kept CONFIDENTIAL,
                                provided, however that such information will
                                also be subject to review by appropriate Wells
                                Capital Personnel (Compliance and/or Senior
                                Management) and legal counsel.  Such information
                                will also be provided to the Securities and
                                Exchange Commission ("SEC") or other government
                                authority when properly requested or under court
                                order.

III.6 Acknowledgment of All Advisory  Representatives  are required to submit
      a list of all Brokerage  Accounts brokerage accounts as required by the
      Code at the time of hire.

               In addition,  employees are  responsible for
               ensuring  that new or  closed  accounts  are
               communicated  to Compliance  quarterly.  For
               reporting  purposes,  use the Acknowledgment
               of Brokerage Accounts form.


III.7 Initial and Annual All Advisory Representatives are required to report
      brokerage  Holdings  Report  accounts  and  holdings  (subject to Code
      requirements) within 10 days of employment. An Advisory Representative's
      broker statement will suffice in lieu of a separate initial or annual
      holdings report. It is the Advisory Representative's  responsibility  to
      ensure that Compliance receives duplicate copies of statements and/or
      confirms if those are sent directly by the brokers.



<PAGE>


Wells Capital Management Code of Ethics 7.00


IV       RESTRICTIONS

The following are Wells Capital's restrictions on personal trading:



   IV.1 Restricted Securities
<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>                                    <C>

---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
             SECURITY TYPE                              PURCHASE                                  SALE
---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
A.       S&P500 stocks
                                                       PERMITTED                               PERMITTED

                                         Subject to one-day blackout             Subject to one-day blackout
                                         during execution of client trades       during execution of client trades
                                         (except index program trades).  Must    (except index program trades).  Must
                                         pre-clear.                              pre-clear
---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
B.   Any security not included in
     the S&P500 above and not defined                PERMITTED                                PERMITTED
     as "small cap" below.

                                         Subject to pre-clearance               Subject to pre-clearance
                                         requirements.                          requirements.
---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
C.   Any restricted list security                                                   PERMITTED, subject to the following:
     (and its associated option)                       PROHIBITED                >>    If security held prior to
     defined as "small cap"                                                            Wells Capital employment and/or
     (capitalization as defined by the                                                 version 9.99 of the Code, sale
     holdings in WCM-actively managed                                                  permitted subject to
     Small Cap funds including mutual                                                  pre-clearance requirements.
     funds, DIFs and Collectives.
     Small cap holdings in  WCM-managed
     small cap index funds are excluded
     from this list.
---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
D.   Any security issued by a                                                       PERMITTED, subject to the following:
     Wells Capital client                              PROHIBITED                >>    If security held prior to Wells
                                                                                       Capital employment and/or version
                                                                                       9.99 of the Code, sales subject
                                                                                       to pre-clearance requirements.
---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
E.   Automatic investment programs
     or direct stock purchase plans                    PERMITTED                                    PERMITTED

                                         >>   Subject to Code of Ethics          >>   Subject to Code of Ethics
                                              reporting requirements                  reporting requirements

---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
F.    Initial Public Offerings                                                            PERMITTED, only
     (IPO's)                                           PROHIBITED                >>       If security held prior to
                                                                                          Wells Capital employment and/or
(An IPO is a corporation's  first version 9.99 of the Code,  sales offering of a
security  representing  subject to  pre-clearance  shares of the  company to the
public) requirements.

---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
A.       Private Placements                                                               PERMITTED, only
                                                       PROHIBITED                >>       If security held prior to Wells Capital
(A private placement is an offer or                                                       employment and/or sale of any
security by a brokerage  version                                                          9.99 of the Code, sales firm not
public offering,  subject to pre-                                                         involving a requirements.
clearance for example, a venture
capital deal).
---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
</TABLE>





<PAGE>


Date of last revision:                               September 2000
Wells Capital Management Code of Ethics 7.00



IV.2 Short-Term  Trading  Profits The  purchase and sale,  or the sale and
     purchase,  of the same security  (60-Day  Trading Rule) (or equivalent)
     within 60 calendar days and at a profit is PROHIBITED.

o   This restriction applies without regard to tax lot considerations and
    short-sales;

o   Exercised options are not restricted, however, purchases and sales of
    options occurring within 60 days resulting in profits are PROHIBITED;

o  Exceptions require advance written approval from the f irm's Chief Compliance
   Officer (or designee).

                  Profits  from any sale  before the
                  60-day period  expires may require
                  disgorgement.   Please   refer  to
                  "Penalties",  section  II of  this
                  Code, for additional details.

IV. 3 Blackout Periods

                     For securities in the S&P 500 stocks,
                     a one-day firm-wide blackout will
                     apply if the issue is being traded
                     on  behalf  of a client, at the
                     time the pre-clear request is made.
                     The blackout will not apply to
                     trades of WCM-managed Index funds.


                     All other  issues are subject to a
                     seven-day    firm-wide    blackout
                     period  if  traded  on  behalf  of
                     WCM-managed  funds (Mutual  funds,
                     DIFs, Collectives).

                     Blackout periods apply to both buy
                     and sell transactions.


<PAGE>


Wells Capital Management Code of Ethics 7.00



IV.4 Insider  Trading              Wells Capital  considers
                                   information   material   if  there  is  a
                                   substantial  likelihood that a reasonable
                                   shareholder  would  consider it important
                                   in deciding  how to act.  Information  is
                                   considered  non-public  when  it has  not
                                   been  disseminated  in a manner making it
                                   available   to    investors    generally.
                                   Information  becomes  public  once  it is
                                   publicly disseminated, limited disclosure
                                   does  not  make  the  information  public
                                   (e.g.,  disclosure  by  an  insider  to a
                                   select group of persons).

                                   Wells Capital generally defines insider
                                   trading as the buying or selling
                                   of a  security,  in breach  of  fiduciary
                                   duty or other  relationship  of trust and
                                   confidence,   while  in   possession   of
                                   material non-public information.  Insider
                                   trading   is  a   violation   of  federal
                                   securities laws,  punishable by a maximum
                                   prison  term of 10 years  and fines of up
                                   to $1 million for the individual and $2.5
                                   million for the firm.

                                   Tipping    of    material,     non-public
                                   information  is  PROHIBITED.  An Advisory
                                   Representative   cannot   trade,   either
                                   personally or on behalf of others,  while
                                   in possession of such information.

                                   Front-running/scalping  involves  trading
                                   on the  basis of  non-public  information
                                   regarding impending market transactions.

o   Trading ahead of, or "front-running," a client or proprietary mutual fund
    order in the same security; or

o   Taking a position in stock index futures or options contracts prior
    to buying or selling a block or securities for a client or
    proprietary mutual fund account (i.e., self-front running).

                                   Scalping    occurs   when   an   Advisory
                                   Representative   purchases  shares  of  a
                                   security for his/her own account  shortly
                                   before recommending or buying that
                                   security for long-term investment to a
                                   client and then  immediately  selling the
                                   shares at profit upon the rise in the
                                   market price following the recommendation.


IV.5                               Gifts and Hospitality Wells Capital, as a
                                   policy, follows Wells Fargo Bank's policy
                                   regarding gifts and  hospitality.  Please
                                   refer  to  WFB   Employee   Handbook  for
                                   requirements.

IV.6 Directorships and Other       Wells Capital, as a policy, follows Wells
     Outside Employment            Fargo Bank's policy regarding directorships
                                   and other outside employment.  Please refer
                                   to WFB Employee Handbook for requirements.



<PAGE>


Wells Capital Management Code of Ethics 7.00



V        REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

V.1 Investment Advisers Act              The SEC  considers  it a violation
    of 1940 and Investment               of general antifraud  provisions
    Company Act of 1940                  of federal  securities laws
                                         whenever an adviser, such as Wells
                                         Capital, engages in fraudulent,
                                         deceptive or manipulative conduct.
                                         As a fiduciary to client assets,
                                         Wells Capital cannot engage in
                                         activities which would result in
                                         conflicts of interests (for example,
                                         "front-running," scalping, or favoring
                                         proprietary accounts over those of the
                                         clients').

V.2 Regulatory  Censures                 The SEC can censure, place limitations
                                         on  the activities, functions, or
                                         operations of, suspend for a
                                         period not exceeding twelve months, or
                                         revoke the registration of any
                                         investment adviser based on a:

                                      >  Failure reasonably to supervise, with a
                                         view to preventing violations of the
                                         provisions of the federal securities
                                         laws, an employee or a supervised
                                         person who commits such a violation.

                                     >  However, no supervisor or manager shall
                                        be deemed to have failed reasonably to
                                        supervise any person, if
                                           (a)    there  have  been  established
                                                  procedures,  and a system  for
                                                  applying such  procedures,
                                                  which would reasonably be
                                                  expected to prevent and
                                                  detect, insofar as
                                                  practicable, any such
                                                  violation by such other person
                                                  and
                                           (b)    such supervisor or manager has
                                                  reasonably  discharged the
                                                  duties and obligations
                                                  incumbent upon him/her by
                                                  reason of such  procedures and
                                                  systems without reasonable
                                                  cause  to  believe  that  such
                                                  procedures and system were not
                                                  being complied with.


<PAGE>


Wells Capital Management Code of Ethics 7.00


VI ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND CERTIFICATION


I certify that I have received, read, understood and recognize that I am subject
to Wells Capital  Management's Code of Ethics and Policy on Personal  Securities
Transactions  and Insider  Trading.  This Code is in  addition to Wells  Fargo's
policy on Business Conduct and Ethics, as outlined in the Employee Handbook.

In addition to certifying that I will provide complete and accurate reporting as
required  by the Code and have  complied  with  all  requirements  of the  Wells
Capital Management Code, I certify that I will not:

o      Execute any prohibited purchases and/or sales, directly or indirectly,
       that are outside those permissible by the Code;

o      Employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud Wells Fargo, Wells
       Capital Management or any company;

o      Engage in any act, practice or course of business which operates or would
       operate as a fraud or deceit upon Wells Fargo,  Wells Capital  Management
       or any company;

o      Make any untrue  statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
       fact  necessary  in  order  to  make  the  statements,  in  light  of the
       circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

o      Engage in any manipulative practice with respect to Wells Fargo, Wells
       Capital Management or any company;

o      Trade on inside information;

o      Trade ahead of or front-run any transactions for Wells Capital managed
       accounts;

o      Trade without obtaining the necessary pre-clearance.

I understand  that it is a violation of the  Investment  Advisers Act of 1940 to
fail to  submit  a record  of my  personal  securities  transactions  within  10
calendar days of quarter-end.

I  understand  that,  as an  employee  of  Wells  Capital  Management,  it is my
responsibility  to  submit  a list of all  brokerage  accounts  in  which I have
beneficial  ownership  or  interest  and  control  (as  defined  in  the  Code).
Additionally,  I will notify Wells Capital Management Compliance upon opening or
closing brokerage accounts.

Any exceptions, where applicable, are noted as follows:
================================================================================
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


------------------------------                                ------------------
Signature                                                              Date

-----------------------------
NAME (Print)

  The Acknowledgment and Certification form is due 10 days from date of receipt.
  Signed copies must be submitted to Wells Capital Compliance, MAC A0103-101.


<PAGE>


Wells Capital Management Code of Ethics 7.00

VII      FREQUENTLY ASKED Questions (FAQs)


o       Who  should I submit  pre-clearance  requests  to,  what is the  minimum
        information required, and what are the hours for submission of requests?

         Pre-clearance  requests  should be  submitted,  via email,  to WCM Risk
         Manage,  in the Global  Address list.  This ensures that someone in the
         Compliance  Group can process the  request at all times.  For  specific
         questions or concerns regarding the Code, you may direct your inquiries
         to Monica Poon, our Chief Compliance  Officer  ([email protected]  or
         4I5/396-7016)

         At a minimum,  indicate  whether  the  request is for a BUY or SELL and
         include the name and/or ticker symbol of the security/securities.

         Requests can be submitted beginning 7:00 am (Pacific) and no later than
         an hour before the close of the equity  markets.  Pre-cleared  requests
         are only good for the day.

o What is the submission deadline for Quarterly Trade Report?

         Quarterly  Trade Reports are due 10 calendar days after the end of each
         quarter. If the 10th day falls on a weekend or a holiday, the report is
         due the business day preceding  the weekend or the holiday.  The 10-day
         deadline is a regulatory requirement.

o       Why is a  Quarterly  Trade  Report  required  if  duplicate  confirms or
        statements are already received from brokers?

         WCM  as  an   investment   adviser  is  required  to  review   employee
         transactions to ensure that there are no conflicts of interests between
         trades  executed on personal  accounts  and those that are  executed on
         behalf of our managed  accounts.  The Quarterly Trade Report allows WCM
         to reconcile  the  transactions  that are reported by employees and the
         activities   posted  on  the  statements.   The  report  also  provides
         information when additional  shares,  stock dividends or receipts (such
         as gifts of stocks) are added to the accounts.

o       Why are  duplicate  copies of  confirms  and  statements  required to be
        submitted  to  Compliance?  Would the  (Quarterly  Report and  pre-clear
        requests suffice?

         This is a regulatory requirement from a report issued by the SECs
         Division of Investment Management (IM). The IM Report, among other
         things,  enlisted the NASD to adopt a rule requiring its members to
         notify a fund or an investment adviser  whenever  an  employee  opens
         an account  with an  NASD-member broker.  Upon  request of the fund or
         adviser,  the  member  broker is required to transmit duplicate copies
         of the employee's trade confirms and account statements.

o      Why are small cap issues restricted from employee purchases?

       Because of the volume and size of orders that the small cap funds
       generate,  this policy ensures that any appearance of conflict (such as
       front running and scalping) is avoided.  For the purposes of WCM's Code
       of ethics,  restricted  "small  cap"  issues are those that are held by
       WCM-managed  small cap funds,  including the WF mutual funds,  the DIFs
       and the Collectives. Restricted small cap issues cannot be


<PAGE>


Wells Capital Management Code of Ethics 7.00


       purchased by WCM employees until such time that the funds are out of the
       same positions.  This restriction covers new purchases only. If you held
       a restricted stock before your WCM employment or before the Code was
       revised in Sept 1999, you can sell your positions (subject to pre-clear
       requirements) but you cannot re-purchase or add shares.

       All  other  small  capitalization  issues  that are not  owned by these
       managed  small cap funds  can be  purchased  by  employees  subject  to
       pre-clearance and reporting requirements.

o      What is the 60-day rule and is it a regulatory requirement?

       The 60-day rule  prohibits  employees  from profiting from the purchase
       and sale, or vice versa, of the same securities within 60-days.

       This is not an SEC requirement but a taskforce guideline  instituted by
       the   Investment   Company   Institute   (ICI),   the   self-regulating
       organization  for the mutual  fund  industry.  Similarly,  IMR also has
       recommended  restrictions along the same lines. Because the mutual fund
       board  approves  our  code of  Ethics  and  expects  us to  follow  the
       taskforce  guidelines from the ICI/AIMR,  we are closely bound by those
       restrictions.



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission